Vehicle Code — Part 6 | VEH — United States — California law | Esheria

Vehicle Code

Part 6 of 19 · provisions 1,001–1,200

This section says the act is named the Vehicle Code.

Jurisdiction
United States — California
Instrument
Code
Citation
VEH
Version
Undated source snapshot
Language
en
Official source
View official record ↗
Complete work
View statute overview
DMV fee collection DMV notices DMV records DMV reporting DUI procedure DUI program DUI sentencing LPR data retention MSRP Motor vehicle theft prevention Parking lots Purple Heart recipients U-turns Vehicle parking abandoned vehicle abatement abandoned vehicle disposition abandoned vehicle procedures abandoned vehicles abandoned vessel handling ability to pay access rights access routes accessibility accessible parking +3,493 more

Statute overview

About this statute

The definitions in this code apply when construing the code unless the provision or context requires otherwise. “Ability to respond in damages” means financial responsibility. Police officers must report stolen-vehicle and lost-or-stolen plate information to the Department of Justice system, and the reporting agency must notify the reporting party when a vehicle is recovered. A person must not make or file a false or fraudulent vehicle-theft report with any law enforcement agency, if done with intent to deceive. A vehicle’s owner or legal owner may report theft or embezzlement to the California Highway Patrol, and must report recovery after making that notice.

Read the provisions Ask with citations

Legal text

Provisions of Vehicle Code

Showing 200 of 3,721

  1. 21115.1.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may establish golf cart crossing zones on qualifying streets, but the ordinance or resolution only takes effect after law-enforcement review and required signs, markers, or lighting are in place.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21115.1. (a) Notwithstanding Section 21115, a local authority may, by ordinance or resolution, establish crossing zones, for use by golf carts at any time other than during darkness, on any street, other than a state highway, that has a posted speed limit of 45 miles per hour or less and that is immediately adjacent to a golf course. The crossing zones shall be at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to the direction of the roadway. The ordinance or resolution shall not become effective until submitted to the law enforcement agency having primary jurisdiction over the street, the law enforcement agency finds and determines that the conditions pertaining to that street, with the addition of proper signs, markers, or lighting, or any combination of those, will permit the establishment of a golf cart crossing with reasonable safety, and the signs, markers, or lighting specified by the law enforcement agency are in place. (b) Subdivision (a) does not constitute precedent for the operation of golf carts on any street or highway other than in a crossing zone established pursuant to subdivision (a). (c) For purposes of this section, a “golf cart” includes a low-speed vehicle. (Amended by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  2. 21116.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not drive a motor vehicle on certain roadway rights-of-way on levees, canal banks, natural watercourse banks, or pipeline rights-of-way unless the responsible agency gives permission or the roadway is a public right-of-way.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21116. (a) No person shall drive any motor vehicle upon a roadway located on a levee, canal bank, natural watercourse bank, or pipeline right-of-way if the responsibility for maintenance of the levee, canal bank, natural watercourse bank, or pipeline right-of-way is vested in the state or in a reclamation, levee, drainage, water or irrigation district, or other local agency, unless such person has received permission to drive upon such roadway from the agency responsible for such maintenance, or unless such roadway has been dedicated as a public right-of-way. (b) For this section to be applicable to a particular levee, canal bank, natural watercourse bank, or pipeline right-of-way, the state or other agency having responsibility for maintenance of the levee, canal bank, natural watercourse bank, or pipeline right-of-way shall erect or place appropriate signs giving notice that permission is required to be obtained to drive a motor vehicle thereon and giving notice of any special conditions or regulations that are imposed pursuant to this section and shall prepare and keep available at the principal office of the state agency or other agency affected or of the board of such agency, for examination by all interested persons, a written statement, in conformity with the existing rights of such agency to control access to the roadway, describing the nature of the vehicles, if any, to which such permission might be granted and the conditions, regulations, and procedure for the acquisition of such permission adopted pursuant to this section. (c) Nothing in this section prohibits the establishment of bicycle paths or routes (as prescribed by Article 6.5 (commencing with Section 5078) of Chapter 1 of Division 5 of the Public Resources Code) on levees, canal banks, natural watercourse banks, or pipeline rights-of-way. (Amended by Stats. 1971, Ch. 1361.)
  3. 21117.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may, by approved written agreement, transfer responsibility for managing public access to certain highways in or near ecological reserves or environmentally sensitive areas, and the responsible local authority may then restrict, close, barrier, manage educational access, or issue short special-event permits.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21117. (a) Local authorities may, notwithstanding Section 21101 or 21101.6, by written agreement approved by their legislative bodies, transfer among themselves the responsibility for maintaining, operating, or controlling public access to any highway under their respective jurisdictions located in or adjacent to an ecological reserve or an environmentally sensitive area within their respective jurisdictions. (b) An agreement entered into pursuant to subdivision (a) may authorize the local authority having responsibility for the highway under the agreement to do all of the following: (1) Limit access by motor vehicles to the highway during certain hours of the day or certain days of the week. (2) Prohibit access by motor vehicles during certain hours of the day or certain days of the week. (3) Provide for the construction or erection of barricades or other devices designed or intended to separate pedestrians from vehicles or motor vehicles. (4) Establish and operate a program by which vehicular access is permitted only in conjunction with specified educational programs or for disabled persons, or both. (5) Issue temporary permits for special events valid for less than one day. (c) As used in this section, the term “ecological reserve” has the same meaning as defined in Section 1584 of the Fish and Game Code, and “environmentally sensitive area” has the same meaning as defined in Section 30107.5 of the Public Resources Code. (Added by Stats. 1991, Ch. 541, Sec. 1.)
  4. 21118.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may regulate certain tour buses by ordinance or resolution, including restricting routes or streets when it finds those routes unsafe, and banning loudspeakers or public address systems while requiring headphones or similar devices for passengers.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Local Regulation [21100 - 21118] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21118. (a) A local authority may adopt rules and regulations by ordinance or resolution to restrict the routes or streets upon which a tour bus described in subdivision (b) of Section 612 may be operated, if the local authority determines that it is unsafe to operate those vehicles on those routes or streets. (b) A local authority may adopt rules and regulations by ordinance or resolution to prohibit the use of loudspeakers or public address systems by a tour bus described in subdivision (b) of Section 612, and instead require the use of headphones or similar devices by passengers for any information or presentation provided for the passengers. (Added by Stats. 2017, Ch. 310, Sec. 2. (AB 25) Effective January 1, 2018.)
  5. 2112.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The department’s chief administrative officer must be appointed by the commissioner, but only with the Governor’s approval.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 2112. The chief administrative officer of the department shall be appointed by the commissioner subject to the approval of the Governor, pursuant to the provisions of Article XXIV of the State Constitution. (Amended by Stats. 1984, Ch. 268, Sec. 32.5. Effective June 30, 1984.)
  6. 2113.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The chief administrative officer must carry out duties for the department’s administrative affairs that the commissioner specifies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 2113. The chief administrative officer shall carry out and execute such duties with respect to the administrative affairs of the department as may be specified by the commissioner. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  7. 2114.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The department may pay membership fees, join, and take part in certain associations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 2. ADMINISTRATION [1500 - 3093] ( Division 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Department of the California Highway Patrol [2100 - 2482] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Administration [2100 - 2114] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 2114. The department may pay membership fees, join, and participate in the affairs of associations having for their purpose the interchange of information relating to law enforcement, accident prevention, and subjects related to the powers and duties of the department. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  8. 21200.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    People riding bicycles or pedicabs on a highway get the same rights and are subject to the same vehicle rules as drivers, with exceptions for rules that cannot apply. Peace officers riding bicycles on duty are exempt from subdivision (a) in certain emergency, rescue, or pursuit situations, but still must ride with due regard for others' safety.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21200. (a) (1) A person riding a bicycle or operating a pedicab upon a highway has all the rights and is subject to all the provisions applicable to the driver of a vehicle by this division, including, but not limited to, provisions concerning driving under the influence of alcoholic beverages or drugs, and by Division 10 (commencing with Section 20000), Section 27400, Division 16.7 (commencing with Section 39000), Division 17 (commencing with Section 40000.1), and Division 18 (commencing with Section 42000), except those provisions which by their very nature can have no application. (2) A person operating a bicycle on a Class I bikeway, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code, has all the rights and is subject to all the provisions applicable to the driver of a vehicle pursuant to Section 20001, except those provisions which by their very nature can have no application. (b) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, operating a bicycle during the course of his or her duties is exempt from the requirements of subdivision (a), except as those requirements relate to driving under the influence of alcoholic beverages or drugs, if the bicycle is being operated under any of the following circumstances: (A) In response to an emergency call. (B) While engaged in rescue operations. (C) In the immediate pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the law. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a peace officer from the duty to operate a bicycle with due regard for the safety of all persons using the highway. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 139, Sec. 1. (AB 1755) Effective January 1, 2019.)
  9. 21200.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not ride a bicycle on a highway while under the influence of alcohol or drugs. An arrested person may request a chemical test, and the arresting officer must arrange it. A conviction can result in a fine of up to $250.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21200.5. Notwithstanding Section 21200, it is unlawful for any person to ride a bicycle upon a highway while under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or any drug, or under the combined influence of an alcoholic beverage and any drug. Any person arrested for a violation of this section may request to have a chemical test made of the person’s blood, breath, or urine for the purpose of determining the alcoholic or drug content of that person’s blood pursuant to Section 23612, and, if so requested, the arresting officer shall have the test performed. A conviction of a violation of this section shall be punished by a fine of not more than two hundred fifty dollars ($250). Violations of this section are subject to Section 13202.5. (Amended by Stats. 1999, Ch. 22, Sec. 17. Effective May 26, 1999.)
  10. 21201.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not operate a bicycle on a roadway or highway unless the bicycle meets specified brake, handlebar, size, and lighting/reflector requirements; electric bicycles must meet one lighting requirement at all times.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21201. (a) A person shall not operate a bicycle on a roadway unless it is equipped with a brake that will enable the operator to make one braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (b) A person shall not operate on the highway a bicycle equipped with handlebars so raised that the operator must elevate their hands above the level of their shoulders in order to grasp the normal steering grip area. (c) A person shall not operate upon a highway a bicycle that is of a size that prevents the operator from safely stopping the bicycle, supporting it in an upright position with at least one foot on the ground, and restarting it in a safe manner. (d) A bicycle operated during darkness on a highway, a sidewalk where bicycle operation is not prohibited by the local jurisdiction, or a bikeway, as defined in Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code, shall be equipped with all of the following: (1) A lamp emitting a white light that, while the bicycle is in motion, illuminates the highway, sidewalk, or bikeway in front of the bicyclist and is visible from a distance of 300 feet in front and from the sides of the bicycle. (2) A red reflector or a solid or flashing red light with a built-in reflector on the rear that shall be visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle. (3) A white or yellow reflector on each pedal, shoe, or ankle visible from the front and rear of the bicycle from a distance of 200 feet. (4) A white or yellow reflector on each side forward of the center of the bicycle, and a white or red reflector on each side to the rear of the center of the bicycle, except that bicycles that are equipped with reflectorized tires on the front and the rear need not be equipped with these side reflectors. The reflectors and reflectorized tires shall be of a type meeting requirements established by the department. (e) A lamp or lamp combination, emitting a white light, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 300 feet in front and from the sides of the bicycle, may be used in lieu of the lamp required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (d). (f) An electric bicycle shall comply with paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) during all hours. (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 36, Sec. 1. (AB 544) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  11. 21201.3.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Peace officers using a bicycle or motorized bicycle on duty may display a steady or flashing blue warning light. Everyone else is prohibited from displaying that blue light on a bicycle or motorized bicycle unless authorized by subdivision (a).

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21201.3. (a) A bicycle or motorized bicycle used by a peace officer, as defined in Section 830.1 of, subdivision (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (i) of Section 830.2 of, subdivision (b) or (d) of Section 830.31 of, subdivision (a) or (b) of Section 830.32 of, Section 830.33 of, subdivision (a) of Section 830.36 of, subdivision (a) of Section 830.4 of, or Section 830.6 of, the Penal Code, in the performance of the peace officer’s duties, may display a steady or flashing blue warning light that is visible from the front, sides, or rear of the bicycle or motorized bicycle. (b) No person shall display a steady or flashing blue warning light on a bicycle or motorized bicycle except as authorized under subdivision (a). (Added by Stats. 1998, Ch. 877, Sec. 65. Effective January 1, 1999.)
  12. 21201.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Certain bicycle reflectors and reflectorized tires may not be sold unless they meet department requirements, and new bicycles sold must have specified reflectors unless they have front and rear reflectorized tires.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21201.5. (a) No person shall sell, or offer for sale, a reflex reflector or reflectorized tire of a type required on a bicycle unless it meets requirements established by the department. If there exists a federal Consumer Product Safety Commission regulation applicable to bicycle reflectors, the provisions of that regulation shall prevail over provisions of this code or requirements established by the department pursuant to this code relative to bicycle reflectors. (b) No person shall sell, or offer for sale, a new bicycle that is not equipped with a red reflector on the rear, a white or yellow reflector on each pedal visible from the front and rear of the bicycle, a white or yellow reflector on each side forward of the center of the bicycle, and a white or red reflector on each side to the rear of the center of the bicycle, except that bicycles which are equipped with reflectorized tires on the front and rear need not be equipped with these side reflectors. (c) Area reflectorizing material meeting the requirements of Section 25500 may be used on a bicycle. (Amended by Stats. 1980, Ch. 399, Sec. 2. Effective July 11, 1980.)
  13. 21202.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A bicycle rider traveling slower than traffic must keep as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or edge, unless one of the listed exceptions applies. On a one-way highway with two or more marked lanes, a bicycle rider may ride as near the left-hand curb or edge as practicable.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21202. (a) Any person operating a bicycle upon a roadway at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at that time shall ride as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or edge of the roadway except under any of the following situations: (1) When overtaking and passing another bicycle or vehicle proceeding in the same direction. (2) When preparing for a left turn at an intersection or into a private road or driveway. (3) When reasonably necessary to avoid conditions (including, but not limited to, fixed or moving objects, vehicles, bicycles, pedestrians, animals, surface hazards, or substandard width lanes) that make it unsafe to continue along the right-hand curb or edge, subject to the provisions of Section 21656. For purposes of this section, a “substandard width lane” is a lane that is too narrow for a bicycle and a vehicle to travel safely side by side within the lane. (4) When approaching a place where a right turn is authorized. (b) Any person operating a bicycle upon a roadway of a highway, which highway carries traffic in one direction only and has two or more marked traffic lanes, may ride as near the left-hand curb or edge of that roadway as practicable. (Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 674, Sec. 4. Effective January 1, 1997.)
  14. 21203.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person riding one of the listed vehicles must not attach it or themselves to a streetcar or vehicle on the roadway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21203. No person riding upon any motorcycle, motorized bicycle, bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled, or toy vehicle shall attach the same or himself to any streetcar or vehicle on the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 1981, Ch. 813, Sec. 11.)
  15. 21204.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    People operating bicycles on a highway must use a permanent seat, unless the bicycle was designed to be ridden without a seat. Passengers may ride only on a separate seat attached to the bicycle.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21204. (a) A person operating a bicycle upon a highway shall not ride other than upon or astride a permanent and regular seat attached thereto, unless the bicycle was designed by the manufacturer to be ridden without a seat. (b) An operator shall not allow a person riding as a passenger, and a person shall not ride as a passenger, on a bicycle upon a highway other than upon or astride a separate seat attached thereto. If the passenger is four years of age or younger, or weighs 40 pounds or less, the seat shall have adequate provision for retaining the passenger in place and for protecting the passenger from the moving parts of the bicycle. (Amended by Stats. 2009, Ch. 594, Sec. 1. (SB 527) Effective January 1, 2010.)
  16. 21205.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person riding a bicycle must not carry a package, bundle, or other article if it stops them from keeping at least one hand on the handlebars.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21205. No person operating a bicycle shall carry any package, bundle or article which prevents the operator from keeping at least one hand upon the handlebars. (Added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479.)
  17. 21206.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may adopt ordinances to regulate bicycle registration, parking, and operation on pedestrian or bicycle facilities, so long as the rules do not conflict with this code.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21206. This chapter does not prevent local authorities, by ordinance, from regulating the registration of bicycles and the parking and operation of bicycles on pedestrian or bicycle facilities, provided such regulation is not in conflict with the provisions of this code. (Amended by Stats. 1976, Ch. 751.)
  18. 21207.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may establish bicycle lanes separated from vehicular lanes on certain highways, and any such lanes must comply with Streets and Highways Code Section 891.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21207. (a) This chapter does not prohibit local authorities from establishing, by ordinance or resolution, bicycle lanes separated from any vehicular lanes upon highways, other than state highways as defined in Section 24 of the Streets and Highways Code and county highways established pursuant to Article 5 (commencing with Section 1720) of Chapter 9 of Division 2 of the Streets and Highways Code. (b) Bicycle lanes established pursuant to this section shall be constructed in compliance with Section 891 of the Streets and Highways Code. (Amended by Stats. 1993, Ch. 517, Sec. 4. Effective January 1, 1994.)
  19. 21207.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Motorized bicycles generally cannot be operated on bicycle paths, trails, bikeways, bicycle lanes, equestrian trails, or hiking/recreational trails, unless they are within or next to a roadway or local officials allow it by ordinance.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21207.5. (a) Notwithstanding Sections 21207 and 23127 of this code, or any other law, a motorized bicycle shall not be operated on a bicycle path or trail, bikeway, bicycle lane established pursuant to Section 21207, equestrian trail, or hiking or recreational trail, unless it is within or adjacent to a roadway or unless the local authority or the governing body of a public agency having jurisdiction over the path or trail permits, by ordinance, that operation. (b) The local authority or governing body of a public agency having jurisdiction over an equestrian trail, or hiking or recreational trail, may prohibit, by ordinance, the operation of an electric bicycle or any class of electric bicycle on that trail. (c) The Department of Parks and Recreation may prohibit the operation of an electric bicycle or any class of electric bicycle on any bicycle path or trail within the department’s jurisdiction. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 343, Sec. 1. (AB 1909) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  20. 21208.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    Bicyclists must stay in a bicycle lane when riding slower than traffic, unless one of the listed exceptions applies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21208. (a) Whenever a bicycle lane has been established on a roadway pursuant to Section 21207, any person operating a bicycle upon the roadway at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at that time shall ride within the bicycle lane, except that the person may move out of the lane under any of the following situations: (1) When overtaking and passing another bicycle, vehicle, or pedestrian within the lane or about to enter the lane if the overtaking and passing cannot be done safely within the lane. (2) When preparing for a left turn at an intersection or into a private road or driveway. (3) When reasonably necessary to leave the bicycle lane to avoid debris or other hazardous conditions. (4) When approaching a place where a right turn is authorized. (b) No person operating a bicycle shall leave a bicycle lane until the movement can be made with reasonable safety and then only after giving an appropriate signal in the manner provided in Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 22100) in the event that any vehicle may be affected by the movement. (Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 674, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 1997.)
  21. 21209.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person generally may not drive a motor vehicle in a bicycle lane, except for parking, entering or leaving the roadway, or preparing to turn within 200 feet of an intersection.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21209. (a) No person shall drive a motor vehicle in a bicycle lane established on a roadway pursuant to Section 21207 except as follows: (1) To park where parking is permitted. (2) To enter or leave the roadway. (3) To prepare for a turn within a distance of 200 feet from the intersection. (b) This section does not prohibit the use of a motorized bicycle in a bicycle lane, pursuant to Section 21207.5, at a speed no greater than is reasonable or prudent, having due regard for visibility, traffic conditions, and the condition of the roadway surface of the bicycle lane, and in a manner which does not endanger the safety of bicyclists. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 262, Sec. 1.)
  22. 21210.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not leave a bicycle on its side on a sidewalk, or park it on a sidewalk in a way that blocks an adequate pedestrian path. Local authorities may prohibit bicycle parking in designated public-highway areas by ordinance or resolution if appropriate signs are posted.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21210. No person shall leave a bicycle lying on its side on any sidewalk, or shall park a bicycle on a sidewalk in any other position, so that there is not an adequate path for pedestrian traffic. Local authorities may, by ordinance or resolution, prohibit bicycle parking in designated areas of the public highway, provided that appropriate signs are erected. (Added by Stats. 1976, Ch. 751.)
  23. 21211.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    People may not block bicycle paths or bikeways by stopping, sitting, loitering, or parking objects there, unless an exception applies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21211. (a) No person may stop, stand, sit, or loiter upon any class I bikeway, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code, or any other public or private bicycle path or trail, if the stopping, standing, sitting, or loitering impedes or blocks the normal and reasonable movement of any bicyclist. (b) No person may place or park any bicycle, vehicle, or any other object upon any bikeway or bicycle path or trail, as specified in subdivision (a), which impedes or blocks the normal and reasonable movement of any bicyclist unless the placement or parking is necessary for safe operation or is otherwise in compliance with the law. (c) This section does not apply to drivers or owners of utility or public utility vehicles, as provided in Section 22512. (d) This section does not apply to owners or drivers of vehicles who make brief stops while engaged in the delivery of newspapers to customers along the person’s route. (e) This section does not apply to the driver or owner of a rubbish or garbage truck while actually engaged in the collection of rubbish or garbage within a business or residence district if the front turn signal lamps at each side of the vehicle are being flashed simultaneously and the rear turn signal lamps at each side of the vehicle are being flashed simultaneously. (f) This section does not apply to the driver or owner of a tow vehicle while actually engaged in the towing of a vehicle if the front turn signal lamps at each side of the vehicle are being flashed simultaneously and the rear turn signal lamps at each side of the vehicle are being flashed simultaneously. (Amended by Stats. 2001, Ch. 127, Sec. 7. Effective July 30, 2001.)
  24. 21212.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    People under 18 must wear a compliant bicycle helmet when using the listed bicycles, scooters, skates, or skateboard activities in public places; selling noncompliant helmets is also prohibited.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21212. (a) A person under 18 years of age shall not operate a bicycle, a nonmotorized scooter, or a skateboard, wear in-line or roller skates, or ride upon a bicycle, nonmotorized scooter, or skateboard as a passenger upon a street, bikeway, as defined in Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code, or any other public bicycle path or trail unless they are wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet that meets the standards of either the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), or a standard subsequently established by those entities. This requirement also applies to a person who rides upon a bicycle while in a restraining seat that is attached to the bicycle or in a trailer towed by the bicycle. (b) A helmet sold or offered for sale for use by an operator or passenger of a bicycle, nonmotorized scooter, skateboard, or in-line or roller skates shall be conspicuously labeled in accordance with the standard described in subdivision (a), which shall constitute the manufacturer’s certification that the helmet conforms to the applicable safety standard. (c) A person shall not sell or offer for sale, for use by an operator or passenger of a bicycle, nonmotorized scooter, skateboard, or in-line or roller skates, a helmet that is not of a type meeting requirements established by this section. (d) A charge under this section shall be dismissed if the person charged alleges in court, under oath, that the charge against the person is the first charge against that person under this section, unless it is otherwise established in court that the charge is not the first charge against the person. (e) (1) Except as provided in subdivision (d), a violation of this section is an infraction punishable by a fine of not more than twenty-five dollars ($25). (2) The parent or legal guardian having control or custody of an unemancipated minor whose conduct violates this section shall be jointly and severally liable with the minor for the amount of the fine imposed pursuant to this subdivision. (f) A record of the action shall not be transmitted to the court and a fee shall not be imposed pursuant to Section 40611 for a citation for not wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet pursuant to subdivision (a) if the parent or legal guardian of the person described in subdivision (a) delivers proof to the issuing agency within 120 days after the citation was issued that the person has a helmet meeting the requirements specified in subdivision (a) and the person has completed a local bicycle safety course or, if the violation involved an electric bicycle, a specialized electric bicycle safety course, which may include, but is not limited to, the electric bicycle safety and training program developed by the Department of the California Highway Patrol pursuant to Section 894 of the Streets and Highways Code, or a related safety course, if one is available, as prescribed by authorities in the local jurisdiction. (g) Notwithstanding Section 1463 of the Penal Code or any other law, the fines collected for a violation of this section shall be allocated as follows: (1) Seventy-two and one-half percent of the amount collected shall be deposited in a special account of the county health department, to be used for bicycle, nonmotorized scooter, skateboard, and in-line and roller skate safety education and for assisting low-income families in obtaining approved bicycle helmets for persons under 18 years of age, either on a loan or purchase basis. The county may contract for the implementation of this program, which, to the extent practicable, shall be operated in conjunction with the child passenger restraint program pursuant to Section 27360. (2) Two and one-half percent of the amount collected shall be deposited in the county treasury to be used by the county to administer the program described in paragraph (1). (3) If the violation occurred within a city, 25 percent of the amount collected shall be transferred to, and deposited in, the treasury of that city. If the violation occurred in an unincorporated area, this 25 percent shall be deposited and used pursuant to paragraph (1). (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 36, Sec. 2. (AB 544) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  25. 21212.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not sell a class 3 electric bicycle to someone under 16.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21212.5. (a) A person shall not sell a class 3 electric bicycle to a person under 16 years of age. (b) A violation of this section is an infraction and shall be punishable by a fine not to exceed two hundred and fifty dollars ($250). (Added by Stats. 2025, Ch. 65, Sec. 1. (AB 965) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  26. 21213.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    People under 16 may not operate a class 3 electric bicycle, and anyone operating or riding as a passenger on one in certain public places must wear a compliant bicycle helmet.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21213. (a) A person under 16 years of age shall not operate a class 3 electric bicycle. (b) A person shall not operate a class 3 electric bicycle, or ride upon a class 3 electric bicycle as a passenger, upon a street, bikeway, as defined in Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code, or any other public bicycle path or trail, unless that person is wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet that meets the standards of either the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), or standards subsequently established by those entities. This helmet requirement also applies to a person who rides upon a class 3 electric bicycle while in a restraining seat that is attached to the bicycle or in a trailer towed by the bicycle. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 568, Sec. 6. (AB 1096) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  27. 21214.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Mineta Transportation Institute at San Jose State University must study electric bicycles and report its findings to the Legislature by January 1, 2026.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21214. (a) On or before January 1, 2026, the Mineta Transportation Institute at San Jose State University, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, shall conduct a study on electric bicycles to inform efforts to improve the safety of all users of the transportation system, and submit a report of the findings from the study to the Legislature. The study shall examine, identify, and analyze available information, including, but not be limited to, all of the following topics: (1) Data on injuries, crashes, emergency room visits, and deaths related to bicycles and electric bicycles. (2) Factors and circumstances that are correlated with the crashes of bicycles and electric bicycles. (3) Best practices for policy to promote safe use of electric bicycles. (4) Laws in other state vehicle codes pertaining to electric bicycles. (5) Data on the safety impacts from electric bicycle components and accessories including, but not limited to, headlights, speedometers, brakes, tires, bells, and reflectors. (6) Data on the safety performance of electric bicycle batteries. (7) Data on the manufacturing of electric bicycles, including, but not limited to, the market of electric bicycles, manufacturer information, sales patterns, and the number of electric bicycles on California roads, including the usage by city and the reasons behind the usage. (8) Review of policies that other countries with high electric bicycle ridership use to promote the safe use of electric bicycles, including, but not limited to, cyclist and driver training, street infrastructure policy, and insurance or licensing requirements. (9) Recommendations for state policy to support expanded use of electric bicycles that protects the safety of riders and other road users, including, but not limited to, recommendations on whether there are needed revisions to the Vehicle Code, and improved data collection on electric bicycles. (b) (1) A report to be submitted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. (2) Pursuant to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code, this section is repealed on January 1, 2030. (Added by Stats. 2023, Ch. 869, Sec. 2. (SB 381) Effective January 1, 2024. Repealed as of January 1, 2030 by its own provisions.)
  28. 21214.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    In Marin County, local authorities may ban under-16 riders from operating class 2 electric bicycles or require helmet use, and the section sets warning, fine, reporting, and public-notice rules for any ordinance adopted under it.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21214.5. (a) This section shall be known, and may be cited, as the Marin Electric Bicycle Safety Pilot Program. (b) A local authority within the County of Marin, or the County of Marin in unincorporated areas, may, by ordinance or resolution, prohibit a person under 16 years of age from operating a class 2 electric bicycle. (c) A local authority within the County of Marin, or the County of Marin in unincorporated areas, may, by ordinance or resolution, require a person operating a class 2 electric bicycle to wear a bicycle helmet, as described in subdivision (b) of Section 21213. (d) (1) An ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section shall make a violation punishable by warning notices for the first 60 days after the prohibition comes into effect. (2) An ordinance or resolution prohibiting a person under 16 years of age from operating a class 2 electric bicycle shall make, after the first 60 days the prohibition has been in effect, a violation an infraction punishable by a fine of twenty-five dollars ($25). A record of the action shall not be transmitted to the court and a fee shall not be imposed upon a citation of this infraction if the parent or legal guardian of the person who violated the prohibition delivers proof to the issuing agency within 120 days after the citation was issued that the person has completed an electric bicycle safety and training course pursuant to Section 894 of the Streets and Highways Code. (3) An ordinance or resolution requiring a person operating a class 2 electric bicycle to wear a bicycle helmet shall make, after the first 60 days the prohibition has been in effect, a violation an infraction punishable by a fine of twenty-five dollars ($25). A record of the action shall not be transmitted to the court and a fee shall not be imposed upon a citation of this infraction if the person who violated the requirement, or if that person is an unemancipated minor, their parent or guardian, delivers proof to the issuing agency within 120 days after the citation was issued that the person has a helmet meeting the requirements specified in subdivision (a) of Section 21212 and the person has completed a local bicycle safety course or a related safety course, if one is available, as prescribed by authorities in the local jurisdiction. (4) If the person who violates an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section is an unemancipated minor, the parent or legal guardian having control or custody of the minor shall be jointly and severally liable with the minor for the amount of any fine imposed pursuant to this subdivision. (e) (1) If an ordinance or resolution is adopted pursuant to this section, the county shall, by January 1, 2028, submit a report to the Legislature that includes all of the following: (A) The total number of traffic stops initiated for violations. (B) The results of the traffic stops, including whether a warning or citation was issued, property was seized, or an arrest was made. (C) The number of times a person was stopped for allegedly operating a class 2 electric bicycle while under 16 years of age but was found to be over the age limit. (D) If a warning or citation was issued, a description of the warning or the violation cited. (E) If an arrest or traffic stop was made, the offense cited by the officer for the arrest or traffic stop and the perceived race or ethnicity, gender, and approximate age of the person stopped, provided that the identification of these characteristics is solely based on the observation and perception of the peace officer who initiated the traffic stop. (F) The actions taken by a peace officer during the traffic stops, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (i) Whether the peace officer asked for consent to search the person, and, if so, whether consent was provided. (ii) Whether the peace officer searched the person or any property, and, if so, the basis for the search and the type of contraband or evidence discovered. (iii) Whether the peace officer seized any property and, if so, the type of property that was seized and the basis for seizing the property. (G) The number of times that a person under 16 years of age was operating an electric bicycle and was involved in a crash that resulted in a permanent, serious injury, as defined in Section 20001, or a fatality in the six months prior to the adoption of the ordinance or resolution, the cause of the crash, and the class of the electric bicycle that was being operated at the time of the crash. (H) The number of times that a person under 16 years of age was operating an electric bicycle and was involved in a crash that resulted in a permanent, serious injury, as defined in Section 20001, or a fatality after the adoption of the ordinance or resolution, the cause of the crash, and the class of the electric bicycle that was being operated at the time of the crash. (2) A report submitted pursuant to this section shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. (f) A local authority or the County of Marin shall administer a public information campaign for at least 30 calendar days prior to the enactment of an ordinance or resolution pursuant to this section, including public announcements in major media outlets and press releases. (g) This section shall become inoperative on January 1, 2029, and as of that date is repealed. (Added by Stats. 2024, Ch. 1005, Sec. 1. (AB 1778) Effective January 1, 2025. Repealed as of January 1, 2029, by its own provisions.)
  29. 21214.7.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. )

    Verify source ↗

    San Diego local authorities may ban children under 12 from operating class 1 or 2 electric bicycles, and violations can lead to warnings or a $25 infraction after the first 60 days.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4. Operation of Bicycles [21200 - 21214.7] ( Article 4 added by Stats. 1963, Ch. 479. ) ## 21214.7. (a) This section shall be known, and may be cited, as the San Diego Electric Bicycle Safety Pilot Program. (b) A local authority within the County of San Diego, or the County of San Diego in unincorporated areas, may, by ordinance or resolution, prohibit a person under 12 years of age from operating a class 1 or 2 electric bicycle. (c) (1) A violation of an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section shall be punishable as follows: (A) For the first 60 days after the prohibition comes into effect, a warning notice. (B) After the first 60 days, a violation of the ordinance or resolution shall be an infraction punishable by a fine of twenty-five dollars ($25). (2) A record of the action shall not be transmitted to the court and a fee shall not be imposed upon a citation for this infraction if the parent or legal guardian of the person who violated the prohibition delivers proof to the issuing agency within 120 days after the citation was issued that the person has completed an electric bicycle safety and training program pursuant to Section 894 of the Streets and Highways Code. (3) If an unemancipated minor violates an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section, a parent or legal guardian with control or custody of the minor shall be jointly and severally liable with the minor for the amount of a fine imposed pursuant to this subdivision. (d) (1) If an ordinance or resolution is adopted pursuant to this section, the county shall, by January 1, 2028, submit a report to the Legislature that includes all of the following: (A) The total number of traffic stops initiated for a violation of the ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section. (B) The results of those traffic stops, including whether a warning or citation was issued, property was seized, or an arrest was made. (C) The number of times a person was stopped for allegedly operating a class 1 or class 2 electric bicycle while under 12 years of age but was found to be over the age limit. (D) If a warning or citation was issued, a description of the warning or the violation cited. (E) If an arrest or traffic stop was made, the offense cited by the officer for the arrest or traffic stop and the perceived race or ethnicity, gender, and approximate age of the person stopped, provided that the identification of these characteristics is solely based on the observation and perception of the peace officer who initiated the traffic stop. (F) The actions taken by a peace officer during a traffic stop, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (i) Whether the peace officer asked for consent to search the person and, if so, whether consent was provided. (ii) Whether the peace officer searched the person or property and, if so, the basis for the search and the type of contraband or evidence discovered. (iii) Whether the peace officer seized property and, if so, the type of property that was seized and the basis for seizing the property. (G) The number of times a person opted to complete, and did complete, the training course in lieu of paying the fine. (H) The number of times that a person under 12 years of age was operating an electric bicycle and was involved in a crash that resulted in a permanent, serious injury, as defined in Section 20001, or a fatality in the six months prior to the adoption of the ordinance or resolution, the cause of the crash, and the class of the electric bicycle that was being operated at the time of the crash. (I) The number of times that a person under 12 years of age was operating an electric bicycle and was involved in a crash that resulted in a permanent, serious injury, as defined in Section 20001, or a fatality after the adoption of the ordinance or resolution, the cause of the crash, and the class of the electric bicycle that was being operated at the time of the crash. (2) A report submitted pursuant to this section shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. (e) A local authority shall administer a public information campaign for at least 30 calendar days prior to the enactment of an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this section, which shall include public announcements in major media outlets and press releases. (f) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2029, and as of that date is repealed. (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 67, Sec. 185. (AB 1170) Effective January 1, 2026. Repealed as of January 1, 2029, by its own provisions.)
  30. 21215.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. )

    Verify source ↗

    Pedicabs covered by this section must meet vehicle, operator, insurance, inspection, reporting, and road-use requirements.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. ) ## 21215. (a) A pedicab defined in subdivision (c) of Section 467.5 shall operate subject to all of the following requirements: (1) The pedicab shall have a seating capacity for not more than 15 passengers. (2) The pedicab shall be authorized by local ordinance or resolution to operate within the applicable local jurisdiction. (3) The operator of the pedicab shall be at least 21 years of age, with a valid California driver’s license. (4) The pedicab shall be equipped with seatbelts for all passengers, seat backs, brakes, reflectors, headlights, and grab rails. The pedicab shall be inspected annually for compliance with the requirements of this paragraph by an entity designated by the local jurisdiction that authorized the pedicab to operate. The entity may charge a reasonable fee to cover the costs of the inspection. A pedicab that does not meet these requirements shall meet these requirements by January 1, 2017, in order to continue operation. (5) The operator of the pedicab shall at all times be able to establish financial responsibility in a minimum amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000) general liability insurance coverage and an additional five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) general umbrella insurance that covers the pedicab. The local jurisdiction that authorized the pedicab to operate may require additional proof of financial responsibility. (6) A pedicab shall not operate on any highway under the jurisdiction of the local authority unless authorized by resolution or ordinance. A pedicab shall not operate on any freeway and shall not operate on any highway with a posted speed limit in excess of 30 miles per hour, except to cross the highway at an intersection. (7) The operator of the pedicab shall annually report to the Department of the California Highway Patrol, commencing on January 1, 2016, any accidents caused or experienced by the pedicabs. (8) The pedicab shall not load or unload passengers on roadways or in the middle of highways. (9) Pedicabs shall be operated as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or edge of the roadway, except when necessary to overtake another vehicle, to avoid a stationary object, or when preparing to make a left turn. (b) This article only applies to pedicabs defined by subdivision (c) of Section 467.5, and does not apply to pedicabs defined in subdivision (a) or (b) of Section 467.5. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. (SB 530) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  31. 21215.2.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. )

    Verify source ↗

    If alcohol is consumed on a pedicab, several safety and age rules apply, and passengers—not the operator—may supply the alcohol.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. ) ## 21215.2. (a) If alcoholic beverages are consumed on board the pedicab, a pedicab defined in subdivision (c) of Section 467.5 shall additionally operate subject to all of the following requirements: (1) The consumption of alcoholic beverages onboard the pedicab shall be authorized by local ordinance or resolution. (2) An onboard safety monitor who is 21 years of age or older shall be present whenever alcohol is being consumed by passengers during the operation of the pedicab. The onboard safety monitor shall not be under the influence of any alcoholic beverage and shall be considered as driving the pedicab for purposes of Article 2 (commencing with Section 23152) of Chapter 12 of Division 11 during the operation of the pedicab. (3) Both the operator and safety monitor shall have completed either the Licensee Education on Alcohol and Drugs (LEAD) program implemented by the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control or a training course utilizing the curriculum components recommended by the Responsible Beverage Service Advisory Board established by the Director of Alcoholic Beverage Control. (4) Alcoholic beverages shall not be provided by the operator or onboard safety monitor or any employee or agent of the operator or onboard safety monitor of the pedicab. Alcoholic beverages may only be supplied by the passengers of the pedicab. All alcoholic beverages supplied by passengers of the pedicab shall be in enclosed, sealed, and unopened containers that have been labeled pursuant to Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 25170) of Division 9 of the Business and Professions Code prior to their consumption on board the pedicab. (5) Alcoholic beverages may be consumed by a passenger of the pedicab only while the passenger is physically on board and within the pedicab. (6) All passengers shall be 21 years of age or older if alcohol is consumed during the operation of the pedicab. (7) For purposes of this subdivision, passengers who are pedaling the device are not operators. (b) A license or permit from the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control shall not be required of the operator or onboard safety monitor, so long as neither they, nor their employees or agents sell, serve, or furnish any alcoholic beverage to any passenger. (c) For purposes of this section, “alcoholic beverage” has the same meaning as defined in Section 23004 of the Business and Professions Code. (Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 280, Sec. 1. (SB 543) Effective January 1, 2020.)
  32. 21215.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may impose stricter operating or equipment requirements on a pedicab covered by this article.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 4.5. Operation of Pedicabs [21215 - 21215.5] ( Article 4.5 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. ) ## 21215.5. This article does not preclude a local authority from imposing more stringent operating or equipment requirements on a pedicab subject to this article. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 496, Sec. 2. (SB 530) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  33. 21220.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Legislature states that traffic congestion and air pollution are serious problems and says this article is intended to encourage low-emission or no-emission transportation, including certain motorized scooters.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21220. (a) The Legislature finds and declares both of the following: (1) This state has severe traffic congestion and air pollution problems, particularly in its cities, and finding ways to reduce these problems is of paramount importance. (2) Motorized scooters that meet the definition of Section 407.5 produce no emissions and, therefore, do not contribute to increased air pollution or increase traffic congestion. (b) It is the intent of the Legislature in adding this article to promote the use of alternative low-emission or no-emission transportation. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  34. 21220.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section says that, for this article, “motorized scooter” is defined by Section 407.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21220.5. For the purposes of this article, a motorized scooter is defined in Section 407.5. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  35. 21221.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person riding a motorized scooter on a highway gets the same rights as a vehicle driver and must follow the same rules, including DUI-related rules, unless a rule cannot apply by its nature.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21221. Every person operating a motorized scooter upon a highway has all the rights and is subject to all the provisions applicable to the driver of a vehicle by this division, including, but not limited to, provisions concerning driving under the influence of alcoholic beverages or drugs, and by Division 10 (commencing with Section 20000), Division 17 (commencing with Section 40000.1), and Division 18 (commencing with Section 42000), except those provisions which, by their very nature, can have no application. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  36. 21221.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not operate a motorized scooter on a highway while under the influence of alcohol or drugs. If arrested, the person may request a blood or breath test, and the arresting officer must have it done. A conviction can bring a fine of up to $250.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21221.5. Notwithstanding Section 21221, it is unlawful for any person to operate a motorized scooter upon a highway while under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or any drug, or under the combined influence of an alcoholic beverage and any drug. Any person arrested for a violation of this section may request to have a chemical test made of the person’s blood or breath for the purpose of determining the alcoholic or drug content of that person’s blood pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 23612, and, if so requested, the arresting officer shall have the test performed. A conviction of a violation of this section shall be punished by a fine of not more than two hundred fifty dollars ($250). (Amended by Stats. 2000, Ch. 287, Sec. 25. Effective January 1, 2001.)
  37. 21223.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    Motorized scooters operated on a highway at night must have specified lights and reflectors, with two allowed substitutes attached to the operator.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21223. (a) Every motorized scooter operated upon any highway during darkness shall be equipped with the following: (1) Except as provided in subdivision (b), a lamp emitting a white light which, while the motorized scooter is in motion, illuminates the highway in front of the operator and is visible from a distance of 300 feet in front and from the sides of the motorized scooter. (2) Except as provided in subdivision (c), a red reflector on the rear that is visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle. (3) A white or yellow reflector on each side visible from the front and rear of the motorized scooter from a distance of 200 feet. (b) A lamp or lamp combination, emitting a white light, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 300 feet in front and from the sides of the motorized scooter, may be used in lieu of the lamp required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (a). (c) A red reflector, or reflectorized material meeting the requirements of Section 25500, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle, may be used in lieu of the reflector required by paragraph (2) of subdivision (a). (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  38. 21224.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    People operating motorized scooters are exempt from certain vehicle code requirements, and scooters are generally exempt from Division 12 equipment rules, with listed exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21224. (a) A person operating a motorized scooter is not subject to the provisions of this code relating to financial responsibility, registration, and license plate requirements, and, for those purposes, a motorized scooter is not a motor vehicle. (b) A motorized scooter is exempt from the equipment requirements in Division 12 (commencing with Section 24000), except for Sections 24003 and 27400, Article 4 (commencing with Section 27450) of Chapter 5 of Division 12, and Section 27602. (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), any motorized scooter may be equipped with equipment authorized by Division 12 (commencing with Section 24000). (d) Any motorized scooter equipped with lighting equipment that is authorized by Division 12 (commencing with Section 24000) shall meet the lighting requirements in Article 1 (commencing with Section 24250) of Chapter 2 of Division 12 for that equipment. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  39. 21225.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may regulate motorized scooter registration, parking, and operation by ordinance, so long as the ordinance does not conflict with this code.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21225. This article does not prevent a local authority, by ordinance, from regulating the registration of motorized scooters and the parking and operation of motorized scooters on pedestrian or bicycle facilities and local streets and highways, if that regulation is not in conflict with this code. (Amended by Stats. 2004, Ch. 755, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2005.)
  40. 21226.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section limits noisy motorized scooters and requires mufflers/exhaust systems to be kept properly fitted and maintained.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21226. (a) A person shall not sell or offer for sale a motorized scooter that produces a maximum noise level exceeding 80 dbA at a distance of 50 feet from the centerline of travel when tested in accordance with Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J331 JAN00. (b) A motorized scooter, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 407.5, shall at all times be equipped with a muffler meeting the requirements of this section, in constant operation and properly maintained to prevent any excessive or unusual noise, and a muffler or exhaust system shall not be equipped with a cutout, bypass, or similar device. (c) A motorized scooter, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 407.5, operated off the highways shall at all times be equipped with a muffler meeting the requirements of this section, in constant operation and properly maintained to prevent any excessive or unusual noise, and a muffler or exhaust system shall not be equipped with a cutout, bypass, or similar device. (d) A person shall not modify the exhaust system of a motorized scooter in a manner that will amplify or increase the noise level emitted by the motor of the scooter so that it is not in compliance with this section or exceeds the noise level limit established by subdivision (a). A person shall not operate a motorized scooter with an exhaust system so modified. (Added by Stats. 2004, Ch. 755, Sec. 7. Effective January 1, 2005.)
  41. 21227.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    A motorized scooter must be operated so its electric motor stops or disengages when the brakes are applied, or so a switch/mechanism releases the motor when let go. A person may not operate a scooter that fails to meet either requirement.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21227. (a) A motorized scooter shall comply with one of the following: (1) Operate in a manner so that the electric motor is disengaged or ceases to function when the brakes are applied. (2) Operate in a manner so that the motor is engaged through a switch or mechanism that, when released, will cause the electric motor to disengage or cease to function. (b) It is unlawful for a person to operate a motorized scooter that does not meet one of the requirements of subdivision (a). (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  42. 21228.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    Motorized scooter riders who are going slower than traffic must stay as close as practicable to the right side of the roadway, with listed exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21228. Any person operating a motorized scooter upon a highway at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at that time shall ride as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or right edge of the roadway, except under the following situations: (a) When overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction. (b) When preparing for a left turn, the operator shall stop and dismount as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or right edge of the roadway and complete the turn by crossing the roadway on foot, subject to the restrictions placed on pedestrians in Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 21950). (c) (1) When reasonably necessary to avoid conditions, including, but not limited to, fixed or moving objects, vehicles, bicycles, pedestrians, animals, surface hazards, or substandard width lanes, which make it unsafe to continue along the right-hand curb or right edge of the roadway, subject to Section 21656. (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), a “substandard width lane” is a lane that is too narrow for a motorized scooter and another vehicle to travel safely side by side within the lane. (d) Any person operating a motorized scooter upon a highway that carries traffic in one direction only and has two or more marked traffic lanes may operate the motorized scooter as near the left-hand curb or left edge of that roadway as practicable. However, when preparing for a right turn, the operator shall stop and dismount as close as practicable to the left-hand curb or left edge of the highway and complete the turn by crossing the roadway on foot, subject to the restrictions placed on pedestrians in Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 21950). (Amended by Stats. 2003, Ch. 62, Sec. 306. Effective January 1, 2004.)
  43. 21229.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    Motorized scooter riders must use the bicycle lane on a roadway with a class II bicycle lane, and may leave it only for listed situations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21229. (a) Whenever a class II bicycle lane has been established on a roadway, any person operating a motorized scooter upon the roadway shall ride within the bicycle lane, except that the person may move out of the lane under any of the following situations: (1) When overtaking and passing another vehicle or pedestrian within the lane or when about to enter the lane if the overtaking and passing cannot be done safely within the lane. (2) When preparing for a left turn, the operator shall stop and dismount as close as practicable to the right-hand curb or right edge of the roadway and complete the turn by crossing the roadway on foot, subject to the restrictions placed on pedestrians in Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 21950). (3) When reasonably necessary to leave the bicycle lane to avoid debris or other hazardous conditions. (4) When approaching a place where a right turn is authorized. (b) No person operating a motorized scooter shall leave a bicycle lane until the movement can be made with reasonable safety and then only after giving an appropriate signal in the manner provided in Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 22100) in the event that any vehicle may be affected by the movement. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  44. 21230.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    A motorized scooter may be operated on a bicycle path, trail, or bikeway unless the local authority or governing body prohibits it by ordinance.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21230. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a motorized scooter may be operated on a bicycle path or trail or bikeway, unless the local authority or the governing body of a local agency having jurisdiction over that path, trail, or bikeway prohibits that operation by ordinance. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  45. 21235.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. )

    Verify source ↗

    Operators of motorized scooters must not perform several unsafe actions, including riding without required equipment, on restricted roads or sidewalks, or without proper licensing and helmet use when under 18.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5. Operation of Motorized Scooters [21220 - 21235] ( Article 5 added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 722, Sec. 5. ) ## 21235. The operator of a motorized scooter shall not do any of the following: (a) Operate a motorized scooter unless it is equipped with a brake that will enable the operator to make a braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (b) Operate a motorized scooter on a highway with a speed limit in excess of 25 miles per hour unless the motorized scooter is operated within a Class II or Class IV bikeway, except that a local authority may, by ordinance or resolution, authorize the operation of a motorized scooter outside of a Class II or Class IV bikeway on a highway with a speed limit of up to 35 miles per hour. The 15 mile per hour maximum speed limit for the operation of a motorized scooter specified in Section 22411 applies to the operation of a motorized scooter on all highways, including bikeways, regardless of a higher speed limit applicable to the highway. (c) Operate a motorized scooter without wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet that meets the standards described in Section 21212, if the operator is under 18 years of age. (d) Operate a motorized scooter without a valid driver’s license or instruction permit. (e) Operate a motorized scooter with any passengers in addition to the operator. (f) Operate a motorized scooter carrying any package, bundle, or article that prevents the operator from keeping at least one hand upon the handlebars. (g) Operate a motorized scooter upon a sidewalk, except as may be necessary to enter or leave adjacent property. (h) Operate a motorized scooter on the highway with the handlebars raised so that the operator must elevate his or her hands above the level of his or her shoulders in order to grasp the normal steering grip area. (i) Leave a motorized scooter lying on its side on any sidewalk, or park a motorized scooter on a sidewalk in any other position, so that there is not an adequate path for pedestrian traffic. (j) Attach the motorized scooter or himself or herself while on the roadway, by any means, to any other vehicle on the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 552, Sec. 1. (AB 2989) Effective January 1, 2019.)
  46. 21250.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section defines “low-speed vehicle” for this article as a vehicle defined in Section 385.5, and says it is also called a “neighborhood electric vehicle.”

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21250. For the purposes of this article, a low-speed vehicle means a vehicle as defined in Section 385.5. A “low-speed vehicle” is also known as a “neighborhood electric vehicle.” (Amended by Stats. 2004, Ch. 422, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2005.)
  47. 21251.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    Low-speed vehicles and their drivers are generally subject to the same provisions that apply to motor vehicles, except where specific listed exceptions apply or a rule cannot naturally apply.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21251. Except as provided in Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 1965) of Division 2.5 of the Streets and Highways Code, and Sections 4023, 21115, and 21115.1, a low-speed vehicle is subject to all the provisions applicable to a motor vehicle, and the driver of a low-speed vehicle is subject to all the provisions applicable to the driver of a motor vehicle or other vehicle, when applicable, by this code or another code, with the exception of those provisions that, by their very nature, can have no application. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 564, Sec. 5. (SB 1151) Effective January 1, 2019.)
  48. 21252.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    A vehicle dealer selling a low-speed vehicle must give the buyer a disclosure statement about operating the vehicle that complies with the California Code of Regulations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21252. A vehicle dealer, selling a low-speed vehicle, shall provide to the buyer a disclosure statement regarding the operation of the vehicle that is in compliance with existing provisions of the California Code of Regulations. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  49. 21253.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    A low-speed vehicle on a roadway must meet the federal safety standards for low-speed vehicles.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21253. A low-speed vehicle operated or parked on the roadway shall at all times meet federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards established for low-speed vehicles in Section 571.500 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  50. 21254.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    A low-speed vehicle that has been modified to exceed 25 miles per hour loses the relaxed low-speed vehicle safety standards and must meet passenger vehicle federal safety standards instead.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21254. A motor vehicle that was originally designated as a low-speed vehicle and that has been modified or altered to exceed 25 miles per hour shall not qualify for the relaxed federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards established for low-speed vehicles and instead shall meet all federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards for a passenger vehicle. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  51. 21260.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    Low-speed vehicle operators generally may not drive on roads with speed limits above 35 mph, except in listed crossing situations and other stated exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21260. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), or in an area where a neighborhood electric vehicle transportation plan has been adopted pursuant to Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 1965) of Division 2.5 of the Streets and Highways Code, the operator of a low-speed vehicle shall not operate the vehicle on any roadway with a speed limit in excess of 35 miles per hour. (b) (1) The operator of a low-speed vehicle may cross a roadway with a speed limit in excess of 35 miles per hour if the crossing begins and ends on a roadway with a speed limit of 35 miles per hour or less and occurs at an intersection of approximately 90 degrees. (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the operator of a low-speed vehicle shall not traverse an uncontrolled intersection with any state highway unless that intersection has been approved and authorized by the agency having primary traffic enforcement responsibilities for that crossing by a low-speed vehicle. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 564, Sec. 6. (SB 1151) Effective January 1, 2019.)
  52. 21266.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities and certain traffic enforcement agencies may restrict or prohibit low-speed vehicle use on roads, and a prohibition takes effect when warning signs are posted.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 5.5. Operation of Low-Speed Vehicles [21250 - 21266] ( Heading of Article 5.5 renumbered from Article 5 (as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6) by Stats. 2014, Ch. 71, Sec. 179. ) ## 21266. (a) Notwithstanding Section 21260, local authorities, by ordinance or resolution, may restrict or prohibit the use of low-speed vehicles. (b) Notwithstanding Section 21260, a local law enforcement agency with primary traffic enforcement responsibilities or the Department of the California Highway Patrol may prohibit the operation of a low-speed vehicle on any roadway under that agency’s or department’s jurisdiction when the agency or the department deems the prohibition to be in the best interest of public safety. Any such prohibition shall become effective when appropriate signs giving notice thereof are erected upon the roadway. (Added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 140, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  53. 21280.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Legislature states that electric personal assistive mobility devices are part of its effort to promote no-emission transportation.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. ) ## 21280. (a) The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (1) This state has severe traffic congestion and air pollution problems, particularly in its cities, and finding ways to reduce these problems is of paramount importance. (2) Reducing the millions of single passenger automobile trips of five miles or less that Californians take each year will significantly reduce the pollution caused by fuel emissions and aggravated by automobile congestion. (3) Electric personal assistive mobility devices that meet the definition in Section 313 operate solely on electricity and employ advances in technology to safely integrate the user in pedestrian transportation. (4) Electric personal assistive mobility devices enable California businesses, public officials, and individuals to travel farther and carry more without the use of traditional vehicles, thereby promoting gains in productivity, minimizing environmental impacts, and facilitating better use of public ways. (b) The Legislature is adding this article as part of its program to promote the use of no-emission transportation. (Amended by Stats. 2007, Ch. 106, Sec. 4. Effective January 1, 2008.)
  54. 21280.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section says that, for this article, an electric personal assistive mobility device is defined by Section 313.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. ) ## 21280.5. For purposes of this article, an electric personal assistive mobility device is defined in Section 313. (Added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2003. Section operative March 1, 2003, pursuant to Section 21283 (later repealed).)
  55. 21281.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. )

    Verify source ↗

    EPAMDs must be equipped with reflectors, a controlled-stop system, a nighttime white lamp, and a sound device.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. ) ## 21281. Every electric personal assistive mobility device, or EPAMD, shall be equipped with the following safety mechanisms: (a) Front, rear, and side reflectors. (b) A system that enables the operator to bring the device to a controlled stop. (c) If the EPAMD is operated between one-half hour after sunset and one-half hour before sunrise, a lamp emitting a white light that, while the EPAMD is in motion, illuminates the area in front of the operator and is visible from a distance of 300 feet in front of the EPAMD. (d) A sound emitting device that can be activated from time to time by the operator, as appropriate, to alert nearby persons. (Added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2003. Section operative March 1, 2003, pursuant to Section 21283 (later repealed).)
  56. 21281.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. )

    Verify source ↗

    People operating an EPAMD must not ride too fast or unsafely, and must yield to pedestrians.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. ) ## 21281.5. (a) A person shall not operate an EPAMD on a sidewalk, bike path, pathway, trail, bike lane, street, road, or highway at a speed greater than is reasonable and prudent having due regard for weather, visibility, pedestrians, and other conveyance traffic on, and the surface, width, and condition of, the sidewalk, bike path, pathway, trail, bike lane, street, road, or highway. (b) A person shall not operate an EPAMD at a speed that endangers the safety of persons or property. (c) A person shall not operate an EPAMD on a sidewalk, bike path, pathway, trail, bike lane, street, road, or highway with willful or wanton disregard for the safety of persons or property. (d) A person operating an EPAMD on a sidewalk, bike path, pathway, trail, bike lane, street, road, or highway shall yield the right-of-way to all pedestrians on foot, including persons with disabilities using assistive devices and service animals that are close enough to constitute a hazard. (Added by Stats. 2007, Ch. 106, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 2008.)
  57. 21282.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. )

    Verify source ↗

    Cities, counties, and city and county governments may regulate electric personal assistive mobility devices by ordinance, and state agencies may limit or prohibit their use on state property.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 6. Electric Personal Assistive Mobility Devices [21280 - 21282] ( Article 6 added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. ) ## 21282. Notwithstanding Section 21966, for the purpose of assuring the safety of pedestrians, including seniors, persons with disabilities, and others using sidewalks, bike paths, pathways, trails, bike lanes, streets, roads, and highways, a city, county, or city and county may, by ordinance, regulate the time, place, and manner of the operation of electric personal assistive mobility devices as defined in Section 313, and their use as a pedestrian pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 467, including limiting, prohibiting entirely in the local jurisdiction, or prohibiting use in specified areas as determined to be appropriate by local entities. State agencies may limit or prohibit the time, place, and manner of use on state property. (Added by Stats. 2002, Ch. 979, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2003. Section operative March 1, 2003, pursuant to Section 21283 (later repealed).)
  58. 21290.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section defines “bikeway” and “electrically motorized board” for this article by cross-reference to other code sections.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21290. (a) For purposes of this article, “bikeway” is defined in Section 890.4 of the Streets and Highways Code. (b) For purposes of this article, an “electrically motorized board” is defined in Section 313.5. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. (AB 604) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  59. 21291.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    An electrically motorized board may be operated only by someone who is 16 or older.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21291. An electrically motorized board shall be operated only by a person who is 16 years of age or older. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. (AB 604) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  60. 21292.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not operate an electrically motorized board in the listed places unless wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet meeting Section 21212 standards.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21292. A person shall not operate an electrically motorized board upon a highway, bikeway, or any other public bicycle path, sidewalk, or trail, unless that person is wearing a properly fitted and fastened bicycle helmet that meets the standards described in Section 21212. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. (AB 604) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  61. 21293.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Electricly motorized boards used on a highway during darkness must have specified lights or reflectors, with listed substitutes allowed for each item.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21293. (a) Every electrically motorized board operated upon a highway during darkness shall be equipped with all of the following: (1) Except as provided in subdivision (b), a lamp emitting a white light that, while the electrically motorized board is in motion, illuminates the highway in front of the operator and is visible from a distance of 300 feet in front of the electrically motorized board. (2) Except as provided in subdivision (c), a red reflector on the rear that is visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle. (3) Except as provided in subdivision (d), a white or yellow reflector on each side that is visible from a distance of 200 feet from the sides of the electrically motorized board. (b) A lamp or lamp combination, emitting a white light, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 300 feet in front of the electrically motorized board, may be used in lieu of the lamp required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (a). (c) A red reflector, or reflectorizing material meeting the requirements of Section 25500, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle, may be used in lieu of the reflector required by paragraph (2) of subdivision (a). (d) A white or yellow reflector, or reflectorizing material meeting the requirements of Section 25500, attached to the operator and visible from a distance of 200 feet from the sides of the electrically motorized board, may be used in lieu of the reflector required by paragraph (3) of subdivision (a). (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. (AB 604) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  62. 21294.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Electrically motorized boards may only operate on roads with a 35 mph speed limit or less, unless entirely within a designated Class II or Class IV bikeway, and must not be operated above 15 mph or at an unreasonable or unsafe speed.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21294. (a) An electrically motorized board shall only operate upon a highway designated with a speed limit of 35 miles per hour or less, unless the electrically motorized board is operated entirely within a designated Class II or Class IV bikeway. (b) A person shall not operate an electrically motorized board upon a highway, bikeway, or any other public bicycle path, sidewalk, or trail, at a speed in excess of 15 miles per hour. (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), a person shall not operate an electrically motorized board at a speed greater than is reasonable or prudent having due regard for weather, visibility, pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and the surface and width of the highway, bikeway, public bicycle path, sidewalk, or trail, and in no event at a speed that endangers the safety of any person or property. (Amended by Stats. 2016, Ch. 86, Sec. 302. (SB 1171) Effective January 1, 2017.)
  63. 21296.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not operate an electrically motorized board on a highway while under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 7. Operation of Electrically Motorized Boards [21290 - 21296] ( Article 7 added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. ) ## 21296. (a) It is unlawful for a person to operate an electrically motorized board upon a highway while under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or any drug, or under the combined influence of an alcoholic beverage and any drug. (b) A person arrested for a violation of this section may request to have a chemical test made of his or her blood or breath for the purpose of determining the alcoholic or drug content of that person’s blood pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 23612, and, if so requested, the arresting officer shall have the test performed. (c) A conviction for a violation of this section shall be punished by a fine of not more than two hundred fifty dollars ($250). (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 777, Sec. 3. (AB 604) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  64. 21300.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 8. Horseback Riding [21300- 21300.] ( Article 8 added by Stats. 2021, Ch. 175, Sec. 1. )

    Verify source ↗

    Young riders on paved highways must wear a compliant helmet, and riders in darkness must use reflective gear or a white light; some parade/festival and crossing situations are exempt.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 1. Obedience to and Effect of Traffic Laws [21000 - 21300] ( Chapter 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 8. Horseback Riding [21300- 21300.] ( Article 8 added by Stats. 2021, Ch. 175, Sec. 1. ) ## 21300. (a) A person under 18 years of age shall not ride an equestrian animal upon a paved highway unless that person is wearing a properly fitted and fastened helmet that meets the standards of either the American Society for Testing and Materials or the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission, or standards subsequently established by those entities. (b) A person riding an equestrian animal upon a paved highway during hours of darkness, as defined in Section 280, shall do one of the following: (1) Wear reflective gear or have reflective gear on the equestrian animal that shall be visible from a distance of 500 feet on the rear and the sides when directly in front of the lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle. (2) Have a lamp emitting a white light attached to either the person or the equestrian animal that is visible from a distance of 300 feet in front of and from the sides of the equestrian animal. (c) Notwithstanding subdivisions (a) and (b), a person is not required to wear a helmet or reflective gear while riding an equestrian animal when participating in a parade or festival, or while crossing a paved highway from an unpaved highway. (d) In a civil action, a violation of subdivision (a) or (b) does not establish negligence as a matter of law or negligence per se for comparative fault purposes, but negligence may be proven as a fact without regard to the violation. (e) A charge under this section shall be dismissed when the person charged alleges in court, under oath, that the charge against the person is the first charge against that person under this section, unless it is otherwise established in court that the charge is not the first charge against the person. (f) (1) Except as provided in subdivision (e), a violation of this section is an infraction punishable by a fine of not more than twenty-five dollars ($25). (2) The parent or legal guardian having control or custody of an unemancipated minor whose conduct violates this section shall be jointly and severally liable with the minor for the amount of the fine imposed pursuant to this subdivision. (Added by Stats. 2021, Ch. 175, Sec. 1. (AB 974) Effective January 1, 2022.)
  65. 21350.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation must place and maintain traffic signs, signals, and other control devices on highways under its jurisdiction, and it may do similar work on city streets and county roads in some cases.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21350. The Department of Transportation shall place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, with respect to highways under its jurisdiction, appropriate signs, signals, and other traffic control devices as required hereunder, and may place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, such appropriate signs, signals, or other traffic control devices as may be authorized hereunder, or as may be necessary properly to indicate and to carry out the provisions of this code, or to warn or guide traffic upon the highways. The Department of Transportation may, with the consent of the local authorities, also place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, in or along city streets and county roads, appropriate signs, signals, and other traffic control devices, or may perform, or cause to be performed, such other work on city streets and county roads, as may be necessary or desirable to control, or direct traffic, or to facilitate traffic flow, to or from or on state highways. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 648.)
  66. 21351.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities must place and maintain required traffic signs, signals, and other traffic control devices on streets and highways, and they may also place additional authorized or necessary devices to carry out traffic rules or warn and guide traffic.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21351. Local authorities in their respective jurisdictions shall place and maintain or cause to be placed and maintained such traffic signs, signals and other traffic control devices upon streets and highways as required hereunder, and may place and maintain or cause to be placed and maintained, such appropriate signs, signals or other traffic control devices as may be authorized hereunder or as may be necessary properly to indicate and to carry out the provisions of this code or local traffic ordinances or to warn or guide traffic. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  67. 21351.3.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may place and maintain speed limit, speed advisory, and mileage signs, including plates near existing signs, showing speeds and distances in standard and metric measurements.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21351.3. Local authorities in their respective jurisdictions may place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, speed limit, speed advisory, and mileage signs, or suitable plates affixed to or near existing signs, which indicate speeds and distances both in common standards of measures, as specified in Section 12302 of the Business and Professions Code, and in measures of the metric system authorized by Congress. (Added by Stats. 1974, Ch. 462.)
  68. 21351.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation or local authorities may put up stop signs on highways they control to require traffic to stop before certain railroad grade crossings.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21351.5. The Department of Transportation or local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, may erect stop signs to require the traffic on a highway to stop before crossing any railroad grade crossing designated by the agency having jurisdiction of the highway as a major crossing with a demonstrated need for stop signs, except a railroad grade crossing which is controlled by automatic signals, gates, or other train-actuated control devices. (Added by Stats. 1974, Ch. 58.)
  69. 21351.7.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may place and maintain signs warning that a deaf child is near.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21351.7. Local authorities in their respective jurisdictions may place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, appropriate signs along city streets or county roads which indicate that a deaf child is near. (Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 719, Sec. 1.)
  70. 21352.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation may place stop signs at entrances to state highways and may install or have installed certain traffic control devices on state highways when needed for public safety and orderly, efficient highway use.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21352. The Department of Transportation may erect stop signs at any entrance to any state highway and whenever the department determines that it is necessary for the public safety and the orderly and efficient use of the highways by the public, the department may erect and maintain, or cause to be erected and maintained, on any state highway any traffic control signal or any official traffic control device regulating or prohibiting the turning of vehicles upon the highway, allocating or restricting the use of specified lanes or portions of the highway by moving vehicular traffic, establishing crosswalks at or between intersections, or restricting use of the right-of-way by the public for other than highway purposes. (Amended by Stats. 1981, Ch. 413, Sec. 1.)
  71. 21353.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may not place or keep a stop sign or traffic control signal that forces state highway traffic to stop before crossing, unless the Department of Transportation permits it.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21353. No local authority, except by permission of the Department of Transportation, shall erect or maintain any stop sign or traffic control signal in such manner as to require the traffic on any state highway to stop before entering or crossing any intersecting highway or any railroad grade crossing. (Amended by Stats. 1981, Ch. 413, Sec. 2.)
  72. 21354.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may designate certain highways or intersections as through highways or stop intersections and may erect stop signs.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21354. Subject to the provisions of Section 21353, a local authority may designate any highway under its jurisdiction as a through highway and may erect stop signs at entrances thereto or may designate any intersection under its exclusive jurisdiction as a stop intersection and erect stop signs at one or more entrances thereto. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  73. 21355.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section says where stop signs may be placed, where they must not be placed, and when extra signs are required on one-way streets.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21355. (a) Stop signs erected under Section 21350, 21351, 21352, or 21354 may be erected either at or near the entrance to an intersection. The Department of Transportation and local authorities in their respective jurisdictions may erect stop signs at any location so as to control traffic within an intersection. When a required stop is to apply at the entrance to an intersection from a one-way street with a roadway of 30 feet or more in width, stop signs shall be erected both on the left and the right sides of the one-way street at or near the entrance to the intersection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, stop signs shall not be erected at any entrance to an intersection controlled by official traffic control signals, nor at any railroad grade crossing which is controlled by automatic signals, gates, or other train-actuated control devices except where a stop sign may be necessary to control traffic on intersecting highways adjacent to the grade crossing or when a local authority determines, with the approval of the Public Utilities Commission pursuant to Section 21110, that a railroad grade crossing under its jurisdiction presents a danger warranting a stop sign in addition to a train-activated control device. (b) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), local authorities, with respect to streets under their jurisdiction, are not required to conform lawfully established intersection configurations existing on January 1, 1985, to meet the requirements of subdivision (a) until January 1, 1990. (Amended by Stats. 1984, Ch. 700, Sec. 1.)
  74. 21356.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation or local authorities may place yield right-of-way signs at entrances to intersections or highways under their jurisdiction.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21356. The Department of Transportation or local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, may erect yield right-of-way signs at the entrances to intersections or highways. Such yield right-of-way signs shall not be erected upon the approaches to more than one of the intersecting streets. Yield right-of-way signs shall be located at or near the entrance to the intersection or highway where motorists are required to yield the right-of-way. (Amended by Stats. 1978, Ch. 287.)
  75. 21356.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may place warning devices at alley exits under their jurisdiction.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21356.5. Local authorities may place signs, mirrors, or other visual or audible devices at exits from alleys that are under their jurisdiction to warn drivers to watch for pedestrians and bicyclists on the sidewalk prior to exiting the alley. (Added by Stats. 1997, Ch. 150, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 1998.)
  76. 21357.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Speed restriction signs may be erected on non-state highways at the entrance to a business or residence district, unless this chapter requires otherwise.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21357. Speed restriction signs may, but need not, be erected upon any highway other than a state highway at the entrance thereof into a business or residence district unless required in this chapter. (Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 11.)
  77. 21358.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Speed restriction signs for non-state highways only need to be placed and maintained at the outer boundaries of the restricted area in the specified contiguous or between-district situations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21358. Where one or more business and residence districts are contiguous, or where, as authorized by this code, speed is to be restricted between two districts, either business or residence, or at the end of either thereof, speed restriction signs affecting traffic on other than state highways as required by Sections 21357 and 21359 need be erected and maintained only at the boundaries of the outside limits of the area in which speed is to be restricted. (Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 11.)
  78. 21359.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    When the Department of Transportation or an authorized local authority sets a different speed limit, it must put up and keep up appropriate speed restriction signs at the highway entrance.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21359. Whenever the Department of Transportation or a local authority as authorized by this code determines and declares a speed limit different from the limit otherwise applicable under Sections 22349 and 22352, appropriate speed restriction signs shall be erected and maintained at the outside entrance of the highway or portion thereof upon which the special speed limit is applicable. The special speed limit is not effective until appropriate signs have been erected. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  79. 21360.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities may place and maintain official traffic control devices at highway intersections with private roads or driveways, but they may not erect such devices on a private road or driveway without the owner’s consent.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21360. Local authorities in their respective jurisdictions may, within the reasonable exercise of their police power and subject to Section 21353, place and maintain official traffic control devices to regulate traffic at the intersection of a highway and a private road or driveway. Official traffic control devices may be erected at or near such intersection, except no such device shall be erected upon a private road or driveway without consent of the owner thereof. When official traffic control devices are installed and in operation, the private road or driveway shall be deemed a highway only for the purpose of determining the existence and location of an intersection. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  80. 21361.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    When nearby intersections are within 200 feet, transportation authorities may treat them as one intersection using traffic signals; they may also mark crosswalks and must post signs barring pedestrian crossing at unmarked crosswalk locations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21361. (a) When the outermost boundaries of two or more intersections are confined within a distance of 200 feet, the Department of Transportation in respect to state highways, and a local authority with respect to highways under its jurisdiction, shall have the power to designate a single intersection by the installation and operation of traffic signals which may be supplemented by signs or markings. When so designated, the single intersection shall be the legal intersection for the purposes of traffic movement and regulation. (b) Whenever a single intersection has been designated by the Department of Transportation or by local authorities as set forth in subdivision (a), the department or such authorities may designate marked crosswalks at certain locations within the intersection or contiguous thereto, and when the marked crosswalks are established, they shall constitute the only crosswalks at the intersection. The department or the local authorities shall erect signs prohibiting pedestrian crossing at locations which, except for the provisions of this section, would constitute unmarked crosswalks. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  81. 21362.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities must erect railroad warning approach signs on the right-hand side of highway approaches to railroad or electric interurban grade crossings.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21362. Railroad warning approach signs shall be erected by local authorities upon the right-hand side of each approach of every highway under their jurisdiction to a grade crossing of a railroad or electric interurban railway at a reasonable distance from the crossing. (Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 450.)
  82. 21362.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Rail crossings may use automated rail crossing enforcement systems only if required warning signs are posted and visible; only a governmental agency, working with a law enforcement agency, may operate the system.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21362.5. (a) (1) Railroad and rail transit grade crossings may be equipped with an automated rail crossing enforcement system if the system is identified by signs clearly indicating the system’s presence and visible to traffic approaching from each direction. (2) Only a governmental agency, in cooperation with a law enforcement agency, may operate an automated rail crossing enforcement system. (b) Notwithstanding Article 1 (commencing with Section 7922.500) and Article 2 (commencing with Section 7922.525) of Chapter 1 of Part 3 of Division 10 of Title 1 of the Government Code, or any other provision of law, photographic records made by an automated rail crossing enforcement system shall be confidential, and shall be made available only to governmental agencies and law enforcement agencies for the purposes of this section. (Amended by Stats. 2021, Ch. 615, Sec. 425. (AB 474) Effective January 1, 2022. Operative January 1, 2023, pursuant to Section 463 of Stats. 2021, Ch. 615.)
  83. 21363.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Detour signs must be placed at the nearest detour points when a highway section or bridge is closed for construction or repair.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21363. Detour signs shall be erected at the nearest points of detour from that portion of a highway, or from any bridge, which is closed to traffic while under construction or repair. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  84. 21364.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation may authorize certain adjacent landowners to put up and maintain signs for livestock-crossing locations, and must set the signs’ size, shape, and character so they are uniform.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21364. The Department of Transportation may authorize an owner of land adjacent to a state highway to erect and maintain signs to indicate the existence of those places where livestock regularly and frequently cross a state highway, and any sign so erected and maintained shall be an official sign. The department shall prescribe the size, shape and character of the signs, which shall be uniform. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  85. 21365.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation and county boards of supervisors may place and maintain signs warning that an area is open livestock range and that livestock may be on the highway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21365. The Department of Transportation, with respect to state highways in open range country, and the board of supervisors of each county, with respect to county highways under its jurisdiction, may place and maintain appropriate signs indicating that the territory traversed is open livestock range and warning against the danger of livestock on the highway. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  86. 21366.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A street name sign must be placed at each signal-controlled intersection on streets and highways, and it must be clearly visible to traffic from all directions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21366. At each signal-controlled intersection on streets and highways, there shall be a street name sign clearly visible to traffic approaching from all directions. The cost of erecting and maintaining the street name signs may be paid out of funds derived from the Highway Users Tax Fund or the Motor Vehicle License Fee Fund. (Amended by Stats. 1963, Ch. 1574.)
  87. 21367.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Authorized transportation or local officials may restrict and regulate traffic in work areas when needed for safety or to avoid interference with the work. People must obey traffic-directing instructions and control devices issued under this rule.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21367. (a) As provided in Section 125 of the Streets and Highways Code and in Section 21100 of this code, respectively, the duly authorized representative of the Department of Transportation or local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, persons contracting to perform construction, maintenance, or repair of a highway, may, with the approval of the department or local authority, as the case may be, and while engaged in the performance of that work, restrict the use of, and regulate the movement of traffic through or around, the affected area whenever the traffic would endanger the safety of workers or the work would interfere with or endanger the movement of traffic through the area. Traffic may be regulated by warning signs, lights, appropriate control devices, or by a person or persons controlling and directing the flow of traffic. (b) It is unlawful to disobey the instructions of a person controlling and directing traffic pursuant to subdivision (a). (c) It is unlawful to fail to comply with the directions of warning signs, lights, or other control devices provided for the regulation of traffic pursuant to subdivision (a). (Added by Stats. 1986, Ch. 748, Sec. 2.)
  88. 21368.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    School-adjacent marked pedestrian crosswalks must be painted or marked yellow, and nearby lanes must display “SLOW—SCHOOL XING,” except at certain sign-controlled intersections.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21368. Whenever a marked pedestrian crosswalk has been established in a roadway contiguous to a school building or the grounds thereof, it shall be painted or marked in yellow as shall be all the marked pedestrian crosswalks at an intersection in case any one of the crosswalks is required to be marked in yellow. Other established marked pedestrian crosswalks may be painted or marked in yellow if either (a) the nearest point of the crosswalk is not more than 600 feet from a school building or the grounds thereof, or (b) the nearest point of the crosswalk is not more than 2,800 feet from a school building or the grounds thereof, there are no intervening crosswalks other than those contiguous to the school grounds, and it appears that the facts and circumstances require special painting or marking of the crosswalks for the protection and safety of persons attending the school. There shall be painted or marked in yellow on each side of the street in the lane or lanes leading to all yellow marked crosswalks the following words, “SLOW—SCHOOL XING,” except that such words shall not be painted or marked in any lane leading to a crosswalk at an intersection controlled by stop signs, traffic signals, or yield right-of-way signs. A crosswalk shall not be painted or marked yellow at any location other than as required or permitted in this section. (Amended by Stats. 1976, Ch. 232.)
  89. 21369.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Speed restriction signs already in place on January 1, 1960 are ratified and confirmed, and they set the applicable prima facie speed limit until changed under the code’s engineering and traffic survey process.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21369. All speed restriction signs in place on January 1, 1960, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall establish the applicable prima facie speed limit unless and until changed pursuant to engineering and traffic surveys provided for by this code. (Added by Stats. 1959, Ch. 1317.)
  90. 21370.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation may restrict and regulate traffic on intersecting highways when construction of a new-alignment state highway interferes with or endangers traffic safety.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21370. The Department of Transportation, or its duly authorized representatives with the approval of the department, while engaged in the construction of a state highway upon new alignment may restrict the use of and regulate the movement of traffic upon any highway intersecting the project at or near the place of intersection whenever such work interferes with or endangers the safe movement of traffic through the work. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  91. 21372.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation and local authorities must create and publish guidelines for placing traffic control devices near schools on highways under their control.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21372. The Department of Transportation and local authorities shall, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, establish and promulgate warrants to be used as guidelines for the placement of traffic control devices near schools for the purpose of protecting students going to and from school. Such devices may include flashing signals. Such warrants shall be based upon, but need not be limited to, the following items: pedestrian volumes, vehicle volumes, width of the roadway, physical terrain, speed of vehicle traffic, horizontal and vertical alignment of the roadway, the distance to existing traffic control devices, proximity to the school, and the degree of urban or rural environment of the area. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  92. 21373.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A school district board may ask the relevant public agency to install traffic control devices. The agency must do an engineering and traffic survey within 90 days, may charge the school district up to half the survey cost, and must install the protection if it is warranted.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21373. The governing board of any school district may request the appropriate city, county, city and county or state agency to install traffic control devices in accordance with the warrants established pursuant to Section 21372. Within 90 days thereafter, the city, county, city and county or state agency involved shall undertake an engineering and traffic survey to determine whether the requested crossing protection meets the warrants established pursuant to Section 21372. The city, county, city and county, or state agency involved may require the requesting school district to pay an amount not to exceed 50 percent of the cost of the survey. If it is determined that such requested protection is warranted, it shall be installed by the city, county, city and county or state agency involved. (Amended by Stats. 1969, Ch. 1061.)
  93. 21374.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may mark or paint streets or highways for visitor directions, but only with Department of Transportation approval, and the markings must not be confusingly similar to official traffic control devices.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21374. A local authority may mark or paint the surface of any street or highway under its jurisdiction, or of any state highway, with the approval of the Department of Transportation, with lines, arrows, or other suitable symbols for the purpose of directing visitors and tourists to local points of interest. No such marking shall be of a color or configuration which, as determined by the Department of Transportation, would cause it to be confused with an official traffic control device. (Added by Stats. 1976, Ch. 472.)
  94. 21375.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation must place and maintain freeway directional signs for certain qualifying postsecondary institutions, but only when requested and after private donations cover the sign costs.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21375. (a) The Department of Transportation shall place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, directional signs on freeways indicating the location of the freeway off ramp which may be used to reach a public or private postsecondary education institution having an enrollment of either 1,000 or more full-time students or the equivalent in part-time students, at the request of the institution. No signs shall be erected pursuant to this subdivision until the department has received donations from private sources covering the costs of erecting the signs. (b) The Department of Transportation shall place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, freeway directional signs for any institution described in subdivision (a) for which freeway directional signs had previously been erected and which has, on or after January 1, 1980, moved to another location, if that move was done to contribute to the improvement of the institution, as determined by the department. Freeway directional signs erected pursuant to this subdivision shall be at no cost to the institution. (c) Subdivision (a) applies to a public or private postsecondary institution which is located within two miles of the freeway in a major metropolitan area, within four miles of the freeway in an urban area, or within five miles of the freeway in a rural area. Subdivision (b) applies to a public or private postsecondary education institution which has moved to a location which is within the distances specified in this subdivision. (Added by Stats. 1990, Ch. 635, Sec. 1.)
  95. 21376.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation must place and maintain a sign on each major state highway entering the state, within 500 feet of the state line.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Erection and Maintenance [21350 - 21376] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21376. The Department of Transportation shall place and maintain on each major state highway entering the state within 500 feet after the state line, a sign that states that the abandonment or dumping of any animal is a crime punishable by a fine of up to one thousand dollars ($1,000) or confinement in a county jail of up to six months, or both. (Added by Stats. 2001, Ch. 300, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2002.)
  96. 21400.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Official Traffic Control Devices [21400 - 21401] ( Article 2 repealed and added by Stats. 1969, Ch. 1033. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation must adopt and publicize uniform standards for certain traffic control devices and warning signs, after the required consultation and hearings.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Official Traffic Control Devices [21400 - 21401] ( Article 2 repealed and added by Stats. 1969, Ch. 1033. ) ## 21400. (a) The Department of Transportation shall, after consultation with local agencies and public hearings, adopt rules and regulations prescribing uniform standards and specifications for all official traffic control devices placed pursuant to this code, including, but not limited to, stop signs, yield right-of-way signs, speed restriction signs, railroad warning approach signs, street name signs, lines and markings on the roadway, and stock crossing signs placed pursuant to Section 21364. (b) The Department of Transportation shall, after notice and public hearing, determine and publicize the specifications for uniform types of warning signs, lights, and devices to be placed upon a highway by a person engaged in performing work that interferes with or endangers the safe movement of traffic upon that highway. (c) Only those signs, lights, and devices as are provided for in this section shall be placed upon a highway to warn traffic of work that is being performed on the highway. (d) Control devices or markings installed upon traffic barriers on or after January 1, 1984, shall conform to the uniform standards and specifications required by this section. (Amended by Stats. 2021, Ch. 690, Sec. 2. (AB 43) Effective January 1, 2022.)
  97. 21401.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Official Traffic Control Devices [21400 - 21401] ( Article 2 repealed and added by Stats. 1969, Ch. 1033. )

    Verify source ↗

    Official traffic control devices must conform to Transportation Department standards, and newly installed or upgraded traffic signal controllers must use a standard protocol capable of two-way communications.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Official Traffic Control Devices [21400 - 21401] ( Article 2 repealed and added by Stats. 1969, Ch. 1033. ) ## 21401. (a) Except as provided in Section 21374, only those official traffic control devices that conform to the uniform standards and specifications promulgated by the Department of Transportation shall be placed upon a street or highway. (b) Any traffic signal controller that is newly installed or upgraded by the Department of Transportation shall be of a standard traffic signal communication protocol capable of two-way communications. A local authority may follow this requirement. (c) In recognition of the state and local interests served by the action made optional for a local authority in subdivision (b), the Legislature encourages local agencies to continue taking the action formerly mandated by this section. However nothing in this subdivision may be construed to impose any liability on a local agency that does not continue to take the formerly mandated action. (Amended by Stats. 2004, Ch. 889, Sec. 6. Effective September 29, 2004.)
  98. 21450.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    When traffic is controlled by official signals, only green, yellow, and red may be used, except for pedestrian control signals.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21450. Whenever traffic is controlled by official traffic control signals showing different colored lights, color-lighted arrows, or color-lighted bicycle symbols, successively, one at a time, or in combination, only the colors green, yellow, and red shall be used, except for pedestrian control signals, and those lights shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles, operators of bicycles, and pedestrians as provided in this chapter. (Amended (as amended by Stats. 1999, Ch. 277, Sec. 1) by Stats. 2005, Ch. 126, Sec. 1. Effective July 25, 2005. Note: This amended version was effectively added on July 25, 2005, because the prior version, as amended by Stats. 1999, Ch. 277, Sec. 1, had been repealed on January 1, 2005, by its own provisions.)
  99. 21450.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section defines several traffic signal terms and requires certain traffic-actuated signals and pedestrian crossings to include bicycle/motorcycle detection, accessible pedestrian signals, and leading pedestrian intervals in specified circumstances.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21450.5. (a) As used in this section, the following terms have the following definitions: (1) “Accessible pedestrian signal” or “APS” means an integrated device that communicates information about the “WALK” and “DON’T WALK” intervals at signalized intersections in nonvisual formats, including audible tones, speech messages, and vibrotactile surfaces, to pedestrians who are blind or have low vision. (2) “Leading pedestrian interval” or “LPI” means an official traffic control signal that advances the “WALK” signal for three to seven seconds while the red signal halting traffic continues to be displayed on parallel through or turning traffic. (3) “Pedestrian hybrid beacon” means a special type of hybrid beacon used to warn and control traffic at an unsignalized location to assist pedestrians in crossing a street or highway at a marked crosswalk. Following an actuation by a pedestrian, a pedestrian hybrid beacon face shall display to motorists and bicyclists a flashing CIRCULAR YELLOW signal indication, followed by a steady CIRCULAR YELLOW signal indication, followed by both steady CIRCULAR RED signal indications during the pedestrian walk interval and followed by alternating flashing CIRCULAR RED signal indications during the pedestrian change interval. Upon termination of the pedestrian change interval, the pedestrian hybrid beacon faces shall revert to a dark, not illuminated, condition. When a pedestrian makes an actuation, they shall wait for a “WALK” signal to appear on the pedestrian head in order to proceed. After the countdown, a “DON’T WALK” signal appears, and the pedestrian hybrid beacon has to be activated again to initiate a “WALK” signal. (4) “Replaced” or “replacement” means the relocation or exchange in place of all existing signal poles at an intersection with new signal poles. (5) A “traffic-actuated signal” is an official traffic control signal, as specified in Section 445, that displays one or more of its indications in response to the presence of traffic detected by mechanical, visual, electrical, or other means. (6) “Caltrans” means the Department of Transportation. (b) Upon the first placement of a traffic-actuated signal or replacement of the loop detector of a traffic-actuated signal, the traffic-actuated signal shall, to the extent feasible and in conformance with professional traffic engineering practice, be installed and maintained to detect lawful bicycle or motorcycle traffic on the roadway. (c) Cities, counties, and cities and counties shall not be required to comply with the provisions contained in subdivision (b) until the Department of Transportation, in consultation with these entities, has established uniform standards, specifications, and guidelines for the detection of bicycles and motorcycles by traffic-actuated signals and related signal timing. (d) (1) At crosswalks with state-owned or -operated traffic-actuated signals and pedestrian hybrid beacons with pedestrian signal heads, the walk indication and other visual signals, including, but not limited to, LPIs and countdown pedestrian signals, shall comply with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), 4E.11. These pedestrian signal heads shall have an APS pushbutton or touch-free APS that activates “WALK” and “DON’T WALK” intervals and other visual signals at signalized intersections in nonvisual formats, including, but not limited to, audible tones, speech messages, and vibrotactile surfaces. These features shall be activated, maintained, and available at all times of the day. (2) (A) Touch-free APS shall be installed at new signalized pedestrian crossings on capital projects on the state highway system, defined in Section 300 of the Streets and Highways Code, encroachment permit projects, and highway maintenance-funded projects according to the following schedule: (i) Capital outlay support projects that have a ready to list date. (ii) Capital outlay support projects that are in construction before October 18, 2021. (iii) Encroachment permit projects that have been approved on or after October 18, 2021. (iv) Highway maintenance-funded projects that have a ready to list date on or after October 18, 2021. (B) (i) When a touch-free APS is installed at an existing signalized pedestrian crossing, or in response to a federal Americans with Disability Act (ADA) access request, on capital projects on the state highway system, all APS at that location shall be upgraded to touch-free APS. (ii) The installation of touch-free APS shall not require the upgrading of other ADA components, including, but not limited to, curb ramps or sidewalks, unless those components are disturbed. (3) When performing maintenance and repair activities on capital projects on the state highway system, as defined in Section 300 of the Streets and Highways Code, encroachment permit projects, and highway maintenance-funded projects, the maintenance and repair shall consider using touch-free APS. (4) Unsignalized pedestrian crossings at signalized intersections, including, but not limited to, intersections with free-right turns, may remain unsignalized. (e) (1) Upon the first placement or replacement of a state-owned or -operated traffic-actuated signal, the traffic-actuated signal shall be installed and maintained to have an LPI and a touch-free APS, in compliance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). The touch-free APS shall be activated. (2) Caltrans shall implement LPIs on existing state-owned or -operated traffic-actuated signals capable of being implemented with remote installation or in-person programming when maintenance work is done on the intersection in which the traffic-actuated signal is located, if the traffic-actuated signal is in any of the following areas, unless prohibited by the CA MUTCD: (A) A residential district, as determined by Section 22507.5. (B) A business district, as defined in Sections 235 and 240. (C) A business activity district, as defined in Section 22358.9. (D) A safety corridor, as defined in Section 2B.13 of the CA MUTCD. (E) A school zone, as defined in Section 1A.13.185 of the CA MUTCD. (F) Areas with a high concentration of pedestrians and cyclists, as defined in Section 2B.13 and Table 2B.106(CA) of the CA MUTCD. (3) (A) As soon as practicable, all existing state-owned or -operated traffic signals located in the areas described in subparagraphs (A) to (F), inclusive, of paragraph (2) shall be identified and recorded in the Caltrans Management System (TMS) inventory database to assist future annual operational review requirements and coordination with local agencies for delegated signals. LPIs shall be implemented at these existing state-owned or -operated traffic signal locations at the next opportunity for regularly scheduled operational reviews. Traffic signals that have been implemented with LPIs shall be recorded in the TMS inventory database. (B) As soon as practicable, Caltrans’ district signal operations units shall formally notify, in writing, local agencies operating state-owned traffic-actuated signals in areas described in subparagraphs (A) to (F), inclusive, of paragraph (2), about the opportunity to implement LPI on the signals. Additionally, these local agencies shall report their implementation of LPIs at these locations to Caltrans so the locations can be included in the TMS inventory database. (C) For existing traffic signals not in areas described in subparagraphs (A) to (F), inclusive, of paragraph (2), Caltrans shall follow the same criteria for implementing LPIs in paragraph (2). (4) Depending on the physical location and traffic conditions, locations where LPIs have been implemented pursuant to this subdivision may restrict turns on red using illuminated blank out signs and enhanced signing. LPIs are to be implemented at existing signals with touch-free APS and pedestrian countdown signals. (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 326, Sec. 1. (SB 671) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  100. 21451.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers and pedestrians must follow green-signal movement and yield rules, and pedestrians facing a green arrow must not enter the roadway unless directed otherwise.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21451. (a) A driver facing a circular green signal shall proceed straight through or turn right or left or make a U-turn unless a sign prohibits a U-turn. Any driver, including one turning, shall yield the right-of-way to other traffic and to pedestrians lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk. (b) A driver facing a green arrow signal, shown alone or in combination with another indication, shall enter the intersection only to make the movement indicated by that green arrow or any other movement that is permitted by other indications shown at the same time. A driver facing a left green arrow may also make a U-turn unless prohibited by a sign. A driver shall yield the right-of-way to other traffic and to a pedestrian lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk. (c) A pedestrian facing a circular green signal, unless prohibited by sign or otherwise directed by a pedestrian control signal as provided in Section 21456, may proceed across the roadway within any marked or unmarked crosswalk, but shall yield the right-of-way to vehicles lawfully within the intersection at the time that signal is first shown. (d) A pedestrian facing a green arrow turn signal, unless otherwise directed by a pedestrian control signal as provided in Section 21456, shall not enter the roadway. (e) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of subdivision (c) or (d) unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 1. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  101. 21452.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A pedestrian facing a steady yellow or yellow arrow signal must not enter the roadway unless directed otherwise by a pedestrian control signal. A peace officer generally may not stop a pedestrian for that violation, except when there is immediate collision danger. Pedestrians and drivers still owe due care.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21452. (a) A driver facing a steady circular yellow or yellow arrow signal is, by that signal, warned that the related green movement is ending or that a red indication will be shown immediately thereafter. (b) A pedestrian facing a steady circular yellow or a yellow arrow signal, unless otherwise directed by a pedestrian control signal as provided in Section 21456, is, by that signal, warned that there is insufficient time to cross the roadway and shall not enter the roadway. (c) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of subdivision (b) unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 2. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  102. 21453.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must stop for steady red signals and red arrows, pedestrians must not enter the roadway on those signals, and limited right turns are allowed after stopping if no sign forbids them.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21453. (a) A driver facing a steady circular red signal alone shall stop at a marked limit line, but if none, before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or, if none, then before entering the intersection, and shall remain stopped until an indication to proceed is shown, except as provided in subdivision (b). (b) Except when a sign is in place prohibiting a turn, a driver, after stopping as required by subdivision (a), facing a steady circular red signal, may turn right, or turn left from a one-way street onto a one-way street. A driver making that turn shall yield the right-of-way to pedestrians lawfully within an adjacent crosswalk and to any vehicle that has approached or is approaching so closely as to constitute an immediate hazard to the driver, and shall continue to yield the right-of-way to that vehicle until the driver can proceed with reasonable safety. (c) A driver facing a steady red arrow signal shall not enter the intersection to make the movement indicated by the arrow and, unless entering the intersection to make a movement permitted by another signal, shall stop at a clearly marked limit line, but if none, before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection, or if none, then before entering the intersection, and shall remain stopped until an indication permitting movement is shown. (d) Unless otherwise directed by a pedestrian control signal as provided in Section 21456, a pedestrian facing a steady circular red or red arrow signal shall not enter the roadway. (e) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of subdivision (d) unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 3. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  103. 21454.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Lane use control signals set when drivers may use a lane, and red signals prohibit entry or travel in that lane.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21454. When lane use control signals are placed over individual lanes, those signals shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles as follows: (a) Green indication: A driver may travel in any lane over which a green signal is shown. (b) Steady yellow indication: A driver is thereby warned that a lane control change is being made. (c) Steady red indication: A driver shall not enter or travel in any lane over which a red signal is shown. (d) Flashing yellow indication: A driver may use the lane only for the purpose of making a left turn to or from the highway. (Amended by Stats. 1981, Ch. 413, Sec. 7.)
  104. 21455.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section says the article applies to certain traffic signals placed away from intersections, including freeway and highway on-ramps, and that a required stop is made at the marked stop point or, if none is marked, at the signal.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21455. If an official traffic control signal is erected and maintained at a place other than an intersection, including a freeway or highway on ramp, this article applies, except those provisions that by their nature can have no application. A stop required shall be made at a sign, crosswalk, or limit line indicating where the stop shall be made, but, in the absence of that sign or marking, the stop shall be made at the signal. (Amended by Stats. 2017, Ch. 555, Sec. 1. (AB 1094) Effective January 1, 2018.)
  105. 21455.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section regulates when and how automated traffic enforcement systems may be used, including notice, operation, confidentiality, contract limits, and reporting.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21455.5. (a) The limit line, the intersection, or a place designated in Section 21455, where a driver is required to stop, may be equipped with an automated traffic enforcement system if the governmental agency utilizing the system meets both of the following requirements: (1) Identifies the system by signs posted within 200 feet of an intersection where a system is operating that clearly indicate the system’s presence and are visible to traffic approaching from all directions in which the automated traffic enforcement system is being utilized to issue citations. A governmental agency utilizing this type of system does not need to post signs visible to traffic approaching the intersection from directions not subject to the automated traffic enforcement system. (2) Locates the system at an intersection and ensures that the system meets the criteria specified in Section 21455.7. (b) Before issuing citations under this section, a local jurisdiction utilizing an automated traffic enforcement system shall commence a program to issue only warning notices for 30 days. The local jurisdiction shall also make a public announcement of the automated traffic enforcement system at least 30 days before commencing the enforcement program. (c) Only a governmental agency, in cooperation with a law enforcement agency, may operate an automated traffic enforcement system. A governmental agency that operates an automated traffic enforcement system shall do both of the following: (1) Develop uniform guidelines for screening and issuing violations, including a violation for a prohibited right turn at a steady circular red signal, which shall take into account the relative risk to traffic and pedestrian safety posed by right turns on red compared to proceeding through the intersection against a red signal, and for the processing and storage of confidential information, and establish procedures to ensure compliance with those guidelines. (2) Perform administrative functions and day-to-day functions, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (A) Establishing guidelines for the selection of a location. Before installing an automated traffic enforcement system, the governmental agency shall make and adopt a finding of fact establishing that the system is needed at a specific location for reasons related to safety. (B) Ensuring that the equipment is regularly inspected. (C) Certifying that the equipment is properly installed and calibrated, and is operating properly. (D) Regularly inspecting and maintaining warning signs placed under paragraph (1) of subdivision (a). (E) Overseeing the establishment or change of signal phases and the timing thereof. (F) Maintaining controls necessary to ensure that only those citations that have been reviewed and approved by law enforcement are delivered to violators. (d) The activities listed in subdivision (c) that relate to the operation of the system may be contracted out by the governmental agency, if it maintains overall control and supervision of the system. However, the activities listed in paragraph (1) of, and subparagraphs (A), (D), (E), and (F) of paragraph (2) of, subdivision (c) shall not be contracted out to the manufacturer or supplier of the automated traffic enforcement system. (e) The printed representation of computer-generated information, video, or photographic images stored by an automated traffic enforcement system does not constitute an out-of-court hearsay statement by a declarant under Division 10 (commencing with Section 1200) of the Evidence Code. (f) (1) Notwithstanding Article 1 (commencing with Section 7922.500) and Article 2 (commencing with Section 7922.525) of Chapter 1 of Part 3 of Division 10 of Title 1 of the Government Code, or any other law, photographic records made by an automated traffic enforcement system shall be confidential, and shall be made available only to governmental agencies and law enforcement agencies and only for the purposes of this article. (2) Confidential information obtained from the Department of Motor Vehicles for the administration or enforcement of this article shall be held confidential, and shall not be used for any other purpose. (3) Except for court records described in Section 68152 of the Government Code, the confidential records and information described in paragraphs (1) and (2) may be retained for up to six months from the date the information was first obtained, or until final disposition of the citation, whichever date is later, after which time the information shall be destroyed in a manner that shall preserve the confidentiality of a person included in the record or information. (g) Notwithstanding subdivision (f), the registered owner or an individual identified by the registered owner as the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged violation shall be permitted to review the photographic evidence of the alleged violation. (h) (1) A contract between a governmental agency and a manufacturer or supplier of automated traffic enforcement equipment shall not include provision for the payment or compensation to the manufacturer or supplier based on the number of citations generated, or as a percentage of the revenue generated, as a result of the use of the equipment authorized under this section. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to a contract that was entered into by a governmental agency and a manufacturer or supplier of automated traffic enforcement equipment before January 1, 2004, unless that contract is renewed, extended, or amended on or after January 1, 2004. (3) A governmental agency that proposes to install or operate an automated traffic enforcement system shall not consider revenue generation, beyond recovering its actual costs of operating the system, as a factor when considering whether or not to install or operate a system within its local jurisdiction. (i) A manufacturer or supplier that operates an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to this section shall, in cooperation with the governmental agency, submit an annual report to the Judicial Council that includes all of the following information if this information is in the possession of, or readily available to, the manufacturer or supplier: (1) The number of alleged violations captured by the systems they operate. (2) The number of citations issued by a law enforcement agency based on information collected from the automated traffic enforcement system. (3) For citations identified in paragraph (2), the number of violations that involved traveling straight through the intersection, turning right, and turning left. (4) The number and percentage of citations that are dismissed by the court. (5) The number of traffic collisions at each intersection that occurred before and after the installation of the automated traffic enforcement system. (j) This section does not affect a local jurisdiction that utilizes an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to Section 21455.9. A local jurisdiction may utilize an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to this section or Section 21455.9. (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 782, Sec. 4. (SB 720) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  106. 21455.6.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A city council or county board of supervisors must hold a public hearing before approving a contract for an authorized automated enforcement system. Cities and counties may contract out related activities, but some listed activities cannot be contracted to the system’s manufacturer or supplier. The section also says the authorization does not permit photo radar for speed enforcement.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21455.6. (a) A city council or county board of supervisors shall conduct a public hearing on the proposed use of an automated enforcement system authorized under Section 21455.5 prior to authorizing the city or county to enter into a contract for the use of the system. (b) (1) The activities listed in subdivision (c) of Section 21455.5 that relate to the operation of an automated enforcement system may be contracted out by the city or county, except that the activities listed in paragraph (1) of, and subparagraphs (A), (D), (E), or (F) of paragraph (2) of, subdivision (c) of Section 21455.5 may not be contracted out to the manufacturer or supplier of the automated enforcement system. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to a contract that was entered into by a city or county and a manufacturer or supplier of automated enforcement equipment before January 1, 2004, unless that contract is renewed, extended, or amended on or after January 1, 2004. (c) The authorization in Section 21455.5 to use automated enforcement systems does not authorize the use of photo radar for speed enforcement purposes by any jurisdiction. (Amended by Stats. 2003, Ch. 511, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 2004.)
  107. 21455.7.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    At intersections with automated traffic enforcement systems, the yellow light interval must follow the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and it may be longer than the minimum.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21455.7. (a) At an intersection at which there is an automated traffic enforcement system in operation pursuant to Section 21455.5 or 21455.9, the minimum yellow light change interval shall be established in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. (b) For purposes of subdivision (a), the minimum yellow light change intervals relating to designated approach speeds provided in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices are mandatory minimum yellow light intervals. (c) A yellow light change interval may exceed the minimum interval established pursuant to subdivision (a). (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 782, Sec. 5. (SB 720) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  108. 21455.9.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section lets a designated jurisdiction run an automated traffic enforcement program if it follows the listed rules, including warning notices, public reporting, confidentiality, and civil-penalty procedures.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21455.9. (a) As used in this section, the following definitions apply: (1) “Automated traffic enforcement system” or “system” means a fixed system that utilizes automated equipment to detect a violation of a traffic control signal and obtains a clear photograph of the detected vehicle’s license and video recording of the violation. (2) “Automated traffic enforcement violation” means a violation of a traffic control signal detected by an automated traffic enforcement system operated pursuant to this section. (3) “Designated jurisdiction” means any city, county, or city and county in the state. (4) A person is “indigent” if either of the following conditions is met: (A) The person meets the income criteria set forth in subdivision (b) of Section 68632 of the Government Code. (B) The person receives public benefits from a program listed in subdivision (a) of Section 68632 of the Government Code. (5) “Local department of transportation” means a designated jurisdiction’s department of transportation or, if a designated jurisdiction does not have a department of transportation, their administrative division, including, but not limited to, a public works department that administers transportation and traffic matters under this code. (6) “Traffic control signal” means an official traffic control signal, as defined in Section 445. (b) (1) A designated jurisdiction may establish a program for traffic control signal enforcement that utilizes an automated traffic enforcement system, to be operated by a local department of transportation, at the limit line, the intersection, where a driver is required to stop, if the program meets all of the following requirements: (A) (i) Identifies the system by signs that clearly indicate the system’s presence, are visible to traffic approaching from all directions in which the automated traffic enforcement system is being utilized to issue citations, and are posted within the following distances: (I) On roads with speed limits of 45 miles per hour or less, one sign within 200 to 300 feet, inclusive, of an intersection where a system is operating. (II) On roads with speed limits over 45 miles per hour, two signs within 200 to 500 feet, inclusive, of an intersection where a system is operating, with at least 100 feet between the signs. (ii) A program does not need to post signs visible to traffic approaching the intersection from directions not subject to the automated traffic enforcement system. (B) Locates the system at an intersection and ensures that the system meets the criteria specified in Section 21455.7. A designated jurisdiction shall not reduce the yellow light interval durations after placement of the system. (2) An automated traffic enforcement system program developed pursuant to paragraph (1) shall place the systems in locations that are geographically and socioeconomically diverse. The designated jurisdiction shall describe how it has complied with this provision in the automated traffic enforcement system impact report described in subdivision (c). (3) A designated jurisdiction shall consider traffic data or other evidence supporting the installation and operation of each automated traffic enforcement system and determine that the intersection where an automated traffic enforcement system is to be placed or installed constitutes a heightened safety risk that warrants additional enforcement measures. A designated jurisdiction shall consider placing an automated traffic enforcement system on a street that has had a high number of incidents for motor vehicle contests or motor vehicle exhibitions of speed. For the purposes of this provision, a high number of incidents shall be calls for law enforcement to respond to the area for at least four separate incidences of a motor vehicle contest or motor vehicle exhibition of speed within the last two years before the placement of the automated traffic enforcement system. (c) (1) For programs implemented after January 1, 2026, the governing body of the designated jurisdiction shall approve an automated traffic enforcement system impact report. The automated traffic enforcement system impact report shall include all of the following information: (A) Assessment of potential impact of the automated traffic enforcement system on civil liberties and civil rights and any plans to safeguard those public rights. (B) Description of the automated traffic enforcement system and how it works. (C) Fiscal costs for the automated traffic enforcement system, including program establishment costs, ongoing costs, and program funding. (D) If potential deployment locations of systems are predominantly in low-income neighborhoods, a determination of why these locations experience high fatality and injury collisions due to traffic control signal violations at intersections. (E) Locations where the system may be deployed and traffic data for these locations, including the intersection where the cameras will be located. (F) Proposed purpose of the automated traffic enforcement system. (2) The automated traffic enforcement system impact report shall be made available for public review at least 30 calendar days prior to adoption by the governing body at a public hearing. (3) The governing body of the designated jurisdiction shall consult and work collaboratively with relevant local stakeholder organizations, including racial equity, privacy protection, and economic justice groups, in developing the automated traffic enforcement system impact report. (d) (1) A designated jurisdiction that operates an automated traffic enforcement system shall do both of the following: (A) Develop uniform guidelines, consistent with the provisions of this section, for both of the following: (i) The screening and issuing of notices of violation. (ii) The processing and storage of confidential information and procedures to ensure compliance with confidentiality requirements. (B) Perform administrative functions and day-to-day functions, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (i) Establishing guidelines for the selection of a location. Prior to installing an automated traffic enforcement system after January 1, 2026, the designated jurisdiction shall make and adopt a finding of fact establishing that the system is needed at a specific location for reasons related to safety. (ii) Ensuring that the equipment is regularly inspected, but at least annually. (iii) Calibrating the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions upon installation. (iv) Regularly inspecting and maintaining warning signs placed under paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (v) Overseeing the establishment or change of signal phases and the timing thereof. (vi) Maintaining controls necessary to ensure that only those citations that have been reviewed and approved by the issuing agency are delivered to violators. (2) The activities listed in paragraph (1) that relate to the operation of the system may be contracted out by a designated jurisdiction, if it maintains overall control and supervision of the system. However, the activities listed in subparagraph (A) of, and clauses (iv), (v), and (vi) of subparagraph (B) of, paragraph (1) shall not be contracted out to the manufacturer or supplier of the automated traffic enforcement system. (e) (1) A contract between a designated jurisdiction and a manufacturer or supplier of automated traffic enforcement equipment or a company providing maintenance and processing services shall not include provision for the payment or compensation to the manufacturer, supplier, or company based on the number of citations generated, or as a percentage of the revenue generated, as a result of the use of the equipment authorized under this section. (2) A designated jurisdiction that proposes to install or operate an automated traffic enforcement system shall not consider revenue generation, beyond recovering its actual costs of operating the system, as a factor when considering whether or not to install or operate a system within its local jurisdiction (f) A designated jurisdiction that operates an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to this section shall, in cooperation with the manufacturer or supplier, publish a report that includes, but is not limited to, all of the following information: (1) The number of alleged violations captured by the systems they operate. (2) The number of citations issued by the issuing agency based on information collected from the automated traffic enforcement system. (3) For citations identified in paragraph (2), the number of violations that involved traveling straight through the intersection, turning right, and turning left. (4) The number and percentage of citations that are dismissed. (5) The funds generated from the automated traffic enforcement systems. (g) (1) Prior to issuing citations under this section, a designated jurisdiction utilizing an automated traffic enforcement system shall commence a program to issue only warning notices for 60 days. The designated jurisdiction shall also make a public announcement of the automated traffic enforcement system at least 30 days prior to the commencement of the enforcement program. (2) A notice of violation issued pursuant to this section shall include a clear photograph of the license plate and rear of the vehicle only, and identify the specific section of the Vehicle Code violated, the camera location, and the date and time when the violation occurred. A notice of violation shall, when practical, exclude images inside of the rear window area of the vehicle. A notice of violation issued from an automated traffic enforcement system that was installed prior to January 1, 2026, may continue to include pictures of the driver at the discretion of the designated jurisdiction. (3) The photographic and video evidence stored by an automated traffic enforcement system does not constitute an out-of-court hearsay statement by a declarant under Division 10 (commencing with Section 1200) of the Evidence Code. (4) (A) Notwithstanding any provision of the California Public Records Act, or any other law, photographic, video, and administrative records made by a system shall be confidential. Public agencies shall use and allow access to these records only for the purposes authorized by this section or to assess the impacts of the system. Data about the number of violations issued is not considered an administrative record required to be disclosed by this section. (B) Confidential information obtained from the Department of Motor Vehicles for the administration of automated traffic enforcement systems and enforcement of this article shall be held confidential and shall not be used for any other purpose. Designated jurisdictions agents shall establish procedures to protect the confidentiality of these records consistent with Section 1808.47. (C) Except for court records described in Section 68152 of the Government Code, or as provided in subparagraph (D), the confidential records and evidence described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) may be retained for up to 60 days after final disposition of the notice of violation. The designated jurisdiction may retain information that a vehicle has been cited and fined for a violation for up to three years. The designated jurisdiction may adopt a retention period of less than 60 days. Administrative records described in subparagraph (A) may be retained for up to 120 days after final disposition of the notice of violation. Notwithstanding any other law, the confidential records and evidence shall be destroyed in a manner that maintains the confidentiality of any person included in the record or evidence. (D) Photographic and video evidence that is obtained from an automated traffic enforcement system that does not result in the issuance of a notice of violation shall be destroyed within five business days after the decision to not issue a citation has been made. The use of facial recognition technology in conjunction with an automated traffic enforcement system shall be prohibited. (E) Information collected and maintained by a designated jurisdiction to administer a program shall only be used to administer the program, and shall not be disclosed to any other persons, including, but not limited to, any other state or federal government agency or official for any other purpose, except as required by state or federal law, court order, or in response to a subpoena in an individual case or proceeding. (5) Notwithstanding paragraph (4), the registered owner or an individual identified by the registered owner as the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged violation shall be permitted to review and obtain a copy of the photographic or video evidence of the alleged violation. (h) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, a violation of a traffic control signal law pursuant to this chapter that is recorded by an automated traffic enforcement system authorized pursuant to this section shall be subject only to a civil penalty, as provided in paragraph (3), and shall not result in the department suspending or revoking the privilege of a violator to drive a motor vehicle or in a violation point being assessed against the violator. (2) The automated traffic enforcement system shall capture images of the rear license plate of vehicles that are violating the traffic control signal, and a notice of violation shall only be issued to registered owners of those vehicles based on that evidence. (3) (A) A civil penalty shall be assessed as follows: (i) For a violation where no fine has been assessed within the previous three years, by a fine of one hundred dollars ($100). (ii) For a violation that occurred within three years after a separate previous violation, by a fine of two hundred dollars ($200). (iii) For a violation that occurred within three years after two separate previous violations, by a fine of three hundred fifty dollars ($350). (iv) For a violation that occurred within three years after three or more separate previous violations, by a fine of five hundred dollars ($500). (B) No additional processing fees, other than electronic payment processing fees, may be included. (C) Late fees for unpaid penalties shall not exceed fifty dollars ($50) for the first late fee and one hundred dollars ($100) for any subsequent late fees for the same violation. (4) A civil penalty shall not be assessed against an authorized emergency vehicle. (5) A person shall not be assessed a civil penalty if they are subject to criminal penalties for the same act. (6) The notice of violation shall be in writing and issued to the registered owner of the vehicle within 15 calendar days of the date of the violation. The notice of violation shall include all of the following information: (A) The violation, including reference to the traffic control signal law that was violated. (B) The date, approximate time, and location where the violation occurred. (C) The vehicle license number and the name and address of the registered owner of the vehicle. (D) A clear photograph of the traffic control signal and an internet address where they can access the video recording of the violation based on a unique citation number. (E) A statement that payment is required to be made no later than 30 calendar days from the date of mailing of the notice of violation, or that the violation may be contested pursuant to subdivision (j). (F) The amount of the civil penalty due for that violation and the procedures for the payment of the civil penalty or for contesting the notice of violation. (G) An affidavit of nonliability, and information of what constitutes nonliability, information as to the effect of executing the affidavit, and instructions for returning the affidavit to the processor. If the affidavit of nonliability is returned to the processing agency within 30 calendar days of the mailing of the notice of violation, together with proof of a written lease or rental agreement between a bona fide rental company, as defined in Section 1939.01 of the Civil Code, or a personal vehicle sharing program, as defined in Section 11580.24 of the Insurance Code, that identifies the renter or lessee, the processing agency shall serve or mail a notice of violation to the renter or lessee identified in the affidavit of nonliability. If the affidavit of nonliability is returned to the processing agency within 30 calendar days of the mailing of the notice of violation, together with proof of a copy of a police report indicating the vehicle had been stolen at the time of the violation, the processing agency shall not subject the registered owner to a civil penalty and may issue the notice of violation to the identified renter or lessee. (H) The processing agency shall mail to the registered owner of a vehicle committing a violation of the traffic control signal law a notice of violation by depositing the notice in the United States mail no later than 15 days after the date of the alleged violation. The processing agency shall maintain proof of mailing demonstrating that the notice of violation was mailed to that address. If the registered owner or coowner of the vehicle, or the person designated as having care, custody, or control of the motor vehicle at the time of the violation pursuant to subparagraph (G), initiates a proceeding to challenge the violation pursuant to subdivision (j), such person waives any challenge or dispute as to the delivery of the notice of violation. (I) An affidavit from a designated jurisdiction that the yellow light change interval was established in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, as required by Section 21455.7. (i) (1) Revenues derived from any program utilizing an automated traffic enforcement system shall first be used to recover program costs. Program costs include, but are not limited to, the construction of traffic-calming measures, the installation of automated traffic enforcement systems, the adjudication of violations, and reporting requirements, as specified in this section. (2) Designated jurisdictions shall maintain their existing commitment of local funds for traffic-calming measures, and shall annually expend not less than the annual average of expenditures for traffic-calming measures during the 2020–21, 2021–22, and 2022–23 fiscal years. For purposes of this subdivision, in calculating average expenditures on traffic-calming measures, restricted funds that may not be available on an ongoing basis, including those from voter-approved bond issuances or tax measures, shall not be included. Any excess revenue shall be used for traffic-calming measures within three years of the end of the fiscal year in which the excess revenue was received. If traffic-calming measures are not planned or constructed after the third year, excess revenue shall revert to the Active Transportation Program established pursuant to Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 2380) of the Streets and Highways Code, to be allocated by the California Transportation Commission pursuant to Section 2381 of the Streets and Highways Code. (3) “Traffic-calming measures” include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (A) Bicycle lanes. (B) Chicanes. (C) Chokers. (D) Curb extensions. (E) Median islands. (F) Raised crosswalks. (G) Road diets. (H) Roundabouts. (I) Speed humps or speed tables. (J) Traffic circles. (j) (1) No later than 30 calendar days from the date of mailing of a notice of violation, the recipient may request an initial review of the notice by the issuing agency. The request may be made by telephone, in writing, electronically, or in person. There shall be no charge for this review. If, following the initial review, the issuing agency is satisfied that the violation did not occur, or that extenuating circumstances make cancellation of the notice of violation appropriate in the interest of justice, the issuing agency shall cancel the notice of violation. The issuing agency shall advise the processing agency, if any, of the cancellation. The issuing agency or the processing agency shall mail the results of the initial review to the person contesting the notice within 60 days of receipt of the recipient’s request for an initial review, and, if cancellation of the notice does not occur following that review, include a reason for that denial, notification of the ability to request an administrative hearing, and notice of the procedures adopted by the designated jurisdiction for the administrative hearing, including for waiving prepayment of the civil penalty based upon an inability to pay pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2). (2) (A) If the person contesting the notice of violation is dissatisfied with the results of the initial review, the person may, no later than 21 calendar days following the mailing of the results of the issuing agency’s initial review, request an administrative hearing of the violation. The request may be made by telephone, in writing, electronically, or in person. (B) The person requesting an administrative hearing shall pay the amount of the civil penalty to the processing agency. The issuing agency shall adopt a written procedure to allow a person to request an administrative hearing without payment of the civil penalty upon satisfactory proof of an inability to pay the amount due. (C) The administrative hearing shall be held within 90 calendar days following the receipt of a request for an administrative hearing. The person requesting the hearing may request one continuance, not to exceed 21 calendar days. (3) The administrative hearing process shall include all of the following: (A) The person requesting a hearing shall have the choice of a hearing upon written declaration, video conference, or in person. An in-person hearing shall be conducted within the jurisdiction of the issuing agency. (B) If the person requesting a hearing is an unemancipated minor, that person shall be permitted to appear at a hearing or admit responsibility for the automated traffic enforcement violation without the appointment of a guardian. The processing agency may proceed against the minor in the same manner as against an adult. (C) The administrative hearing shall be conducted in accordance with written procedures established by the issuing agency and approved by the governing body or chief executive officer of the issuing agency. The hearing shall provide an independent, objective, fair, and impartial review of contested automated traffic enforcement violations. (D) (i) The issuing agency’s governing body or chief executive officer of the designated jurisdiction shall appoint or contract with qualified independent examiners or administrative hearing providers that employ qualified independent examiners to conduct the administrative hearings. Examiners shall demonstrate the qualifications, training, and objectivity necessary to conduct a fair and impartial review, and shall meet the minimum requirements specified in clause (ii). The examiner shall be separate and independent from the notice of violation issuing and processing functions. An examiner’s continued employment, performance evaluation, compensation, and benefits shall not, directly or indirectly, be linked to the amount of civil penalties upheld by the examiner or the number or percentage of violations upheld by the examiner. (ii) (I) Examiners shall have a minimum of 20 hours of training. The examiner, unless an employee of the designated jurisdiction, is responsible for the costs of the training. The issuing agency may reimburse the examiner for those costs. Training may be provided through any of the following: (ia) An accredited college or university. (ib) A program conducted by the Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training. (ic) A program conducted by the American Arbitration Association or a similar organization. (id) Any program approved by the governing body or chief executive officer of the issuing agency, including a program developed and provided by, or for, the agency. (II) Training programs shall include topics relevant to the administrative hearing, including, but not limited to, applicable laws and regulations, enforcement procedures, due process, evaluation of evidence, hearing procedures, and effective oral and written communication. Upon the approval of the governing body or chief executive officer of the issuing agency, up to 12 hours of relevant experience may be substituted for up to 12 hours of training. Up to eight hours of the training requirements described in this clause may be credited to an individual, at the discretion of the governing body or chief executive officer of the issuing agency, based upon training programs or courses described in this subparagraph that the individual attended within the last five years. (E) The employee of the designated jurisdiction who issues a notice of violation shall not be required to participate in an administrative hearing. To establish a violation, the issuing agency shall not be required to produce any evidence other than, in proper form, the notice of violation or copy thereof, including the photograph of the vehicle’s license plate, a video recording of the violation, and information received from the Department of Motor Vehicles identifying the registered owner of the vehicle. The documentation in proper form shall be prima facie evidence of the violation. If the designated jurisdiction meets its initial burden, the recipient of the notice of violation may present any evidence and argument in defense. (F) The examiner’s final decision following the administrative hearing may be personally delivered to the person by the examiner or sent by first-class mail within 60 days of the date of the conclusion of the administrative hearing. (G) Following a determination by the examiner that a person has committed the violation, the examiner may, consistent with the written guidelines established by the issuing agency, allow payment of the civil penalty in installments, or an issuing agency may allow for deferred payment or payments in installments, if the person provides evidence satisfactory to the examiner or the issuing agency, as the case may be, of an inability to pay the civil penalty in full. If authorized by the governing body of the issuing agency, the examiner may permit the performance of community service in lieu of payment of the civil penalty. (H) If a notice of violation is dismissed following an administrative hearing, any civil penalty, if paid, shall be refunded by the issuing agency within 30 days. (k) (1) Within 30 days after personal delivery or mailing of the final decision described in paragraph (3) of subdivision (j), the contestant may seek review by filing an appeal to the small claims division of the superior court or the traffic division of the superior court, where the case shall be heard de novo, except that the contents of the processing agency’s file in the case on appeal shall be lodged by the designated agency at the designated agency’s expense and be received into evidence. Notwithstanding any other law, a copy of the notice of violation shall be presumptively admissible as evidence of the facts stated in the notice. A copy of the notice of appeal shall be served in person or by certified first-class mail with return receipt upon the processing agency by the appellant. For purposes of computing the 30-day period, Section 1013 of the Code of Civil Procedure shall be applicable. A proceeding under this paragraph is a limited civil case. (2) The fee for filing the notice of appeal shall be as provided in Section 70615 of the Government Code. Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, the designated jurisdiction shall lodge its administrative record for the case with the court within 15 calendar days. The court shall notify the appellant of the appearance date by mail or personal delivery. The court shall retain the fee under Section 70615 of the Government Code regardless of the outcome of the appeal. If the appellant prevails, this fee and any payment of the civil penalty shall be promptly refunded by the issuing agency in accordance with the judgment of the court. (3) The conduct of the hearing on appeal under this section is a subordinate judicial duty that may be performed by a commissioner or other subordinate judicial officer at the direction of the presiding judge of the court. (4) If a notice of appeal of the examiner’s decision is not filed within the period set forth in paragraph (1), the decision shall be deemed final. (5) If the civil penalty has not been paid and the final decision is adverse to the appellant, the processing agency may, promptly after the decision becomes final, proceed to collect the civil penalty under subdivision (h). (l) (1) A designated jurisdiction shall offer a diversion program for indigent automated traffic enforcement violation recipients, to perform community service in lieu of paying the penalty for an automated traffic enforcement violation. (2) A designated jurisdiction shall offer the ability for indigent automated traffic enforcement system violation recipients to pay applicable fines and penalties over a period of time under a payment plan with monthly installments of no more than twenty-five dollars ($25) and shall limit the processing fee to participate in a payment plan to five dollars ($5) or less. (3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), a designated jurisdiction shall reduce the applicable fines and penalties by 80 percent for indigent persons, and by 50 percent for individuals up to 250 percent above the federal poverty level. (4) The person may demonstrate that they are indigent or make up to 250 percent above the poverty level or less by providing either of the following information, as applicable: (A) Proof of income from a pay stub or another form of proof of earnings, such as a bank statement, that shows that the person meets the income criteria set forth in subdivision (b) of Section 68632 of the Government Code, subject to review and approval by the processing agency or its designee. The processing agency or its designee shall not unreasonably withhold its approval. (B) Proof of receipt of benefits under the programs described in subdivision (a) of Section 68632 of the Government Code, including, but not limited to, an electronic benefits transfer card or another card, subject to review and approval by the processing agency. The processing agency or its designee shall not unreasonably withhold its approval. (m) This section does not affect a designated jurisdiction that utilizes an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to Section 21455.5. A designated jurisdiction may utilize an automated traffic enforcement system pursuant to this section or Section 21455.5. (n) The automated traffic enforcement system, to the extent feasible, shall be angled and focused so as to only capture photographs of the rear license plate and evidence that the vehicle violated the traffic control system and shall not capture identifying images of other drivers or vehicles. (o) A person shall not be accessed a civil penalty if they are subject to criminal penalties for the same act. (Added by Stats. 2025, Ch. 782, Sec. 6. (SB 720) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  109. 21456.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section explains what pedestrians, bicyclists, and peace officers must do when pedestrian signals show WALK, WAIT, or DON’T WALK.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21456. (a) If a pedestrian control signal showing the words “WALK” or “WAIT” or “DON’T WALK” or other approved symbol is in place, the signal shall indicate as follows: (1) A “WALK” or approved “Walking Person” symbol means a pedestrian facing the signal may proceed across the roadway in the direction of the signal, but shall yield the right-of-way to vehicles lawfully within the intersection at the time that signal is first shown. Except as otherwise directed by a bicycle control signal described in Section 21456.3, the operator of a bicycle facing a pedestrian control signal displaying a “WALK” or approved “Walking Person” symbol may proceed across the roadway in the direction of the signal, but shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicles or pedestrians lawfully within the intersection. (2) A flashing “DON’T WALK” or “WAIT” or approved “Upraised Hand” symbol with a “countdown” signal indicating the time remaining for a pedestrian to cross the roadway means a pedestrian facing the signal may start to cross the roadway in the direction of the signal, but must complete the crossing prior to the display of the steady “DON’T WALK” or “WAIT” or approved “Upraised Hand” symbol when the “countdown” ends. (3) A steady “DON’T WALK” or “WAIT” or approved “Upraised Hand” symbol or a flashing “DON’T WALK” or “WAIT” or approved “Upraised Hand” without a “countdown” signal indicating the time remaining for a pedestrian to cross the roadway means a pedestrian facing the signal shall not start to cross the roadway in the direction of the signal, but any pedestrian who started the crossing during the display of the “WALK” or approved “Walking Person” symbol and who has partially completed crossing shall proceed to a sidewalk or safety zone or otherwise leave the roadway while the steady “WAIT” or “DON’T WALK” or approved “Upraised Hand” symbol is showing. (b) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of this section unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (c) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2024. (Repealed (in Sec. 4.5) and added by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 4.6. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023. Operative January 1, 2024, by its own provisions.)
  110. 21456.1.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A pedestrian facing conflicting traffic signals must obey the pedestrian signal.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21456.1. Whenever an official traffic control signal exhibiting an approved “Walking Person” symbol, an approved “Upraised Hand” symbol, or the words “WALK” or “WAIT” or “DON'T WALK” is shown concurrently with official traffic control signals exhibiting the words “GO” or “CAUTION” or “STOP” or exhibiting different colored lights successively, one at a time or with arrows, a pedestrian facing those traffic control signals shall obey the “Walking Person,” “Upraised Hand,” “WALK” or “WAIT” or “DON'T WALK” control signal as provided in Section 21456. (Amended by Stats. 1993, Ch. 272, Sec. 39. Effective August 2, 1993.)
  111. 21456.2.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Bicycle operators must follow the traffic-signal rules in this article, unless a bicycle signal or another specified rule says otherwise.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21456.2. (a) Unless otherwise directed by a bicycle signal as provided in Section 21456.3, or as otherwise provided in subdivision (a) of Section 21456, an operator of a bicycle shall obey the provisions of this article applicable to the driver of a vehicle. (b) Whenever an official traffic control signal exhibiting different colored bicycle symbols is shown concurrently with official traffic control signals or pedestrian control signals exhibiting different colored lights or arrows, an operator of a bicycle facing those traffic control signals shall obey the bicycle signals as provided in Section 21456.3. (c) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2024. (Repealed (in Sec. 4) and added by Stats. 2022, Ch. 343, Sec. 5. (AB 1909) Effective January 1, 2023. Operative January 1, 2024, by its own provisions.)
  112. 21456.3.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Bicyclists must follow bicycle signal rules, including when to go straight or turn, when to stop, and when they must yield to traffic and pedestrians.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21456.3. (a) An operator of a bicycle facing a green bicycle signal shall proceed straight through or turn right or left or make a U-turn unless a sign prohibits a U-turn. An operator of a bicycle, including one turning, shall yield the right-of-way to other traffic and to pedestrians lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk. (b) An operator of a bicycle facing a steady yellow bicycle signal is, by that signal, warned that the related green movement is ending or that a red indication will be shown immediately thereafter. (c) Except as provided in subdivision (d), an operator of a bicycle facing a steady red bicycle signal shall stop at a marked limit line, but if none, before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection, or, if none, then before entering the intersection, and shall remain stopped until an indication to proceed is shown. (d) Except when a sign is in place prohibiting a turn, an operator of a bicycle, after stopping as required by subdivision (c), facing a steady red bicycle signal, may turn right, or turn left from a one-way street onto a one-way street. An operator of a bicycle making a turn shall yield the right-of-way to pedestrians lawfully within an adjacent crosswalk and to traffic lawfully using the intersection. (e) A bicycle signal may be used only at those locations that meet geometric standards or traffic volume standards, or both, as adopted by the Department of Transportation. (Amended by Stats. 2005, Ch. 126, Sec. 4. Effective July 25, 2005. Note: This amended version was effectively added on July 25, 2005, because the prior version, as added by Stats. 1999, Ch. 277, had been repealed on January 1, 2005, by its own provisions.)
  113. 21457.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must stop for a flashing red signal and may proceed past a flashing yellow signal only with caution.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21457. Whenever an illuminated flashing red or yellow light is used in a traffic signal or with a traffic sign, it shall require obedience by drivers as follows: (a) Flashing red (stop signal): When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, a driver shall stop at a clearly marked limit line, but if none, before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection, or if none, then at the point nearest the intersecting roadway where the driver has a view of approaching traffic on the intersecting roadway before entering it, and the driver may proceed subject to the rules applicable after making a stop at a stop sign. (b) Flashing yellow (caution signal): When a yellow lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, a driver may proceed through the intersection or past the signal only with caution. (Amended by Stats. 1981, Ch. 413, Sec. 10.)
  114. 21458.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Local authorities that mark curb paint for parking rules must use only the listed colors, and each color has a specific parking meaning.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21458. (a) Whenever local authorities enact local parking regulations and indicate them by the use of paint upon curbs, the following colors only shall be used, and the colors indicate as follows: (1) Red indicates no stopping, standing, or parking, whether the vehicle is attended or unattended, except that a bus may stop in a red zone marked or signposted as a bus loading zone. (2) Yellow indicates stopping only for the purpose of loading or unloading passengers or freight for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (3) White indicates stopping for either of the following purposes: (A) Loading or unloading of passengers for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (B) Depositing mail in an adjacent mailbox. (4) Green indicates time limit parking specified by local ordinance. (5) Blue indicates parking limited exclusively to the vehicles of disabled persons and disabled veterans. (b) Regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be effective on days and during hours or times as prescribed by local ordinances. (Amended by Stats. 1992, Ch. 1243, Sec. 88. Effective September 30, 1992.)
  115. 21459.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation and local authorities may place and maintain certain roadway markings, but only for the specific traffic-safety purposes stated in the section.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21459. (a) The Department of Transportation in respect to state highways and a local authority with respect to highways under its jurisdiction, is authorized to place and maintain upon highways distinctive roadway markings as described and with the effect set forth in Section 21460. (b) The distinctive roadway markings shall be employed to designate any portion of a highway where the volume of traffic or the vertical or other curvature of the roadway renders it hazardous to drive on the left side of the marking or to indicate no driving to the left as provided in Section 21460, and shall not be employed for any other purpose. (c) Any pavement marking other than as described in this section placed by the Department of Transportation or any local authority shall not be effective to indicate no driving over or to the left of the marking. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  116. 21460.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers generally must not cross or drive left of certain solid or double road markings, except in listed situations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21460. (a) If double parallel solid yellow lines are in place, a person driving a vehicle shall not drive to the left of the lines, except as permitted in this section. (b) If double parallel solid white lines are in place, a person driving a vehicle shall not cross any part of those double solid white lines, except as permitted in this section or Section 21655.8. (c) If the double parallel lines, one of which is broken, are in place, a person driving a vehicle shall not drive to the left of the lines, except as follows: (1) If the driver is on the side of the roadway in which the broken line is in place, the driver may cross over the double lines or drive to the left of the double lines when overtaking or passing other vehicles. (2) As provided in Section 21460.5. (d) The markings as specified in subdivision (a), (b), or (c) do not prohibit a driver from crossing the marking if (1) turning to the left at an intersection or into or out of a driveway or private road, or (2) making a U-turn under the rules governing that turn, and the markings shall be disregarded when authorized signs have been erected designating offcenter traffic lanes as permitted pursuant to Section 21657. (e) Raised pavement markers may be used to simulate painted lines described in this section if the markers are placed in accordance with standards established by the Department of Transportation. (Amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 114, Sec. 2. (AB 1105) Effective January 1, 2012.)
  117. 21460.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The section allows transportation authorities to designate two-way left-turn lanes and sets rules for their markings and use.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21460.5. (a) The Department of Transportation and local authorities in their respective jurisdictions may designate a two-way left-turn lane on a highway. A two-way left-turn lane is a lane near the center of the highway set aside for use by vehicles making left turns in both directions from or into the highway. (b) Two-way left-turn lanes shall be designated by distinctive roadway markings consisting of parallel double yellow lines, interior line dashed and exterior line solid, on each side of the lane. The Department of Transportation may determine and prescribe standards and specifications governing length, width, and positioning of the distinctive pavement markings. All pavement markings designating a two-way left-turn lane shall conform to the Department of Transportation’s standards and specifications. (c) A vehicle shall not be driven in a designated two-way left-turn lane except when preparing for or making a left turn from or into a highway or when preparing for or making a U-turn when otherwise permitted by law, and shall not be driven in that lane for more than 200 feet while preparing for and making the turn or while preparing to merge into the adjacent lanes of travel. A left turn or U-turn shall not be made from any other lane where a two-way left-turn lane has been designated. (d) This section does not prohibit driving across a two-way left-turn lane. (e) Raised pavement markers may be used to simulate the painted lines described in this section when those markers are placed in accordance with standards established by the Department of Transportation. (Amended by Stats. 1990, Ch. 232, Sec. 1.)
  118. 21461.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver must obey regulatory traffic signs, signals, and devices, unless the conduct falls under the stated Chapter 9/local-ordinance exception.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21461. (a) It is unlawful for a driver of a vehicle to fail to obey a sign or signal defined as regulatory in the federal Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, or a Department of Transportation approved supplement to that manual of a regulatory nature erected or maintained to enhance traffic safety and operations or to indicate and carry out the provisions of this code or a local traffic ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to a local traffic ordinance, or to fail to obey a device erected or maintained by lawful authority of a public body or official. (b) Subdivision (a) does not apply to acts constituting violations under Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 22500) of this division or to acts constituting violations of a local traffic ordinance adopted pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 22500). (Amended by Stats. 2004, Ch. 203, Sec. 1. Effective January 1, 2005.)
  119. 21461.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Pedestrians must obey traffic signs, signals, and certain devices; peace officers may not stop a pedestrian for this violation unless there is immediate danger of a collision.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21461.5. (a) It shall be unlawful for any pedestrian to fail to obey any sign or signal erected or maintained to indicate or carry out the provisions of this code or any local traffic ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to a local traffic ordinance, or to fail to obey any device erected or maintained pursuant to Section 21352. (b) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of subdivision (a) unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 5. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  120. 21462.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers, pedestrians, people in charge of animals, and streetcar motorists must obey applicable official traffic signals unless directed otherwise by a police or traffic officer, needed to avoid a collision, or in another emergency.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21462. (a) The driver of a vehicle, the person in charge of an animal, a pedestrian, and the motorist of a streetcar shall obey the instructions of an official traffic signal applicable to them and placed as provided by law, unless otherwise directed by a police or traffic officer or when it is necessary for the purpose of avoiding a collision or in case of other emergency, subject to the exemptions granted by Section 21055. (b) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of subdivision (a) unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 6. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  121. 21463.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    No person may operate a manually or traffic actuated signal except to let a pedestrian or vehicle cross a roadway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21463. No person shall operate a manually or traffic actuated signal other than for the purpose of permitting a pedestrian or vehicle to cross a roadway. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  122. 21464.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section prohibits damaging traffic control devices and markers, using signal-interrupting devices, and selling or possessing certain devices unless authorized. It also sets fines, possible jail, and community service as an alternative to some fines.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21464. (a) A person, without lawful authority, may not deface, injure, attach any material or substance to, knock down, or remove, nor may a person shoot at, any official traffic control device, traffic guidepost, traffic signpost, motorist callbox, or historical marker placed or erected as authorized or required by law, nor may a person without lawful authority deface, injure, attach any material or substance to, or remove, nor may a person shoot at, any inscription, shield, or insignia on any device, guide, or marker. (b) A person may not use, and a vehicle, other than an authorized emergency vehicle or a public transit passenger vehicle, may not be equipped with, any device, including, but not limited to, a mobile infrared transmitter, that is capable of sending a signal that interrupts or changes the sequence patterns of an official traffic control signal unless that device or use is authorized by the Department of Transportation pursuant to Section 21350 or by local authorities pursuant to Section 21351. (c) A person may not buy, possess, manufacture, install, sell, offer for sale, or otherwise distribute a device described in subdivision (b), including, but not limited to, a mobile infrared transmitter (MIRT), unless the purchase, possession, manufacture, installation, sale, offer for sale, or distribution is for the use of the device by a peace officer or other person authorized to operate an authorized emergency vehicle or a public transit passenger vehicle, in the scope of his or her duties. (d) Any willful violation of subdivision (a), (b), or (c) that results in injury to, or the death of, a person is punishable by imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170 of the Penal Code, or by imprisonment in a county jail for a period of not more than six months, and by a fine of not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000) nor more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000). (e) Any willful violation of subdivision (a), (b), or (c) that does not result in injury to, or the death of, a person is punishable by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars ($5,000). (f) The court shall allow the offender to perform community service designated by the court in lieu of all or part of any fine imposed under this section. (Amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 15, Sec. 607. (AB 109) Effective April 4, 2011. Operative October 1, 2011, by Sec. 636 of Ch. 15, as amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 39, Sec. 68.)
  123. 21465.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    No person may place, maintain, or display unofficial or imitation traffic signs, signals, devices, or markings on or visible from a highway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21465. No person shall place, maintain, or display upon, or in view of, any highway any unofficial sign, signal, device, or marking, or any sign, signal, device, or marking which purports to be or is an imitation of, or resembles, an official traffic control device or which attempts to direct the movement of traffic or which hides from view any official traffic control device. (Amended by Stats. 1967, Ch. 486.)
  124. 21466.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    No person may place, maintain, or display a light on or near a highway if it blocks a driver from readily recognizing an official traffic control device.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21466. No person shall place or maintain or display upon or in view of any highway any light in such position as to prevent the driver of a vehicle from readily recognizing any official traffic control device. (Amended by Stats. 1970, Ch. 968.)
  125. 21466.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not place, maintain, or display a light on or near a highway if its brightness can impair drivers’ vision; the section also sets brightness measurement rules and limits, with a railroad exception.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21466.5. No person shall place or maintain or display, upon or in view of any highway, any light of any color of such brilliance as to impair the vision of drivers upon the highway. A light source shall be considered vision impairing when its brilliance exceeds the values listed below. The brightness reading of an objectionable light source shall be measured with a 11/2-degree photoelectric brightness meter placed at the driver’s point of view. The maximum measured brightness of the light source within 10 degrees from the driver’s normal line of sight shall not be more than 1,000 times the minimum measured brightness in the driver’s field of view, except that when the minimum measured brightness in the field of view is 10 foot-lamberts or less, the measured brightness of the light source in foot-lambert shall not exceed 500 plus 100 times the angle, in degrees, between the driver’s line of sight and the light source. The provisions of this section shall not apply to railroads as defined in Section 229 of the Public Utilities Code. (Added by Stats. 1970, Ch. 968.)
  126. 21467.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A prohibited sign, signal, device, or light is treated as a public nuisance, and certain transportation and local authorities may remove it without notice or bring an action to abate the nuisance.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21467. Every prohibited sign, signal, device, or light is a public nuisance, and the Department of Transportation, members of the California Highway Patrol, and local authorities are hereby authorized and empowered without notice to remove the same, or cause the same to be removed, or the Director of Transportation, the commissioner, or local authorities may bring an action as provided by law to abate such nuisance. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  127. 21468.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section says the division does not limit the Public Utilities Commission’s authority to erect or maintain traffic signs, signals, or other traffic control devices when authorized by law.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 2. Traffic Signs, Signals, and Markings [21350 - 21468] ( Chapter 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Offenses Relating to Traffic Devices [21450 - 21468] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21468. This division does not modify or limit the authority of the Public Utilities Commission to erect or maintain, or cause to be erected and maintained, signs, signals or other traffic control devices as authorized by law. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  128. 21650.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Vehicles must generally be driven on the right half of the roadway on highways, with several listed exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21650. Upon all highways, a vehicle shall be driven upon the right half of the roadway, except as follows: (a) When overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction under the rules governing that movement. (b) When placing a vehicle in a lawful position for, and when the vehicle is lawfully making, a left turn. (c) When the right half of a roadway is closed to traffic under construction or repair. (d) Upon a roadway restricted to one-way traffic. (e) When the roadway is not of sufficient width. (f) When the vehicle is necessarily traveling so slowly as to impede the normal movement of traffic, that portion of the highway adjacent to the right edge of the roadway may be utilized temporarily when in a condition permitting safe operation. (g) This section does not prohibit the operation of bicycles on any shoulder of a highway, on any sidewalk, on any bicycle path within a highway, or along any crosswalk or bicycle path crossing, where the operation is not otherwise prohibited by this code or local ordinance. (h) This section does not prohibit the operation of a transit bus on the shoulder of a state highway in conjunction with the implementation of a program authorized pursuant to Section 148.1 of the Streets and Highways Code on state highways within the areas served by the transit services of the Monterey-Salinas Transit District or the Santa Cruz Metropolitan Transit District. (Amended by Stats. 2013, Ch. 426, Sec. 2. (AB 946) Effective January 1, 2014.)
  129. 21650.1.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A bicycle on a roadway or highway shoulder must travel in the same direction as vehicles travel on the roadway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21650.1. A bicycle operated on a roadway, or the shoulder of a highway, shall be operated in the same direction as vehicles are required to be driven upon the roadway. (Added by Stats. 1988, Ch. 58, Sec. 2.)
  130. 21651.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers generally must stay to the right on divided highways and may not cross the divider or make U-turns except at designated openings.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21651. (a) Whenever a highway has been divided into two or more roadways by means of intermittent barriers or by means of a dividing section of not less than two feet in width, either unpaved or delineated by curbs, double-parallel lines, or other markings on the roadway, it is unlawful to do either of the following: (1) To drive any vehicle over, upon, or across the dividing section. (2) To make any left, semicircular, or U-turn with the vehicle on the divided highway, except through an opening in the barrier designated and intended by public authorities for the use of vehicles or through a plainly marked opening in the dividing section. (b) It is unlawful to drive any vehicle upon a highway, except to the right of an intermittent barrier or a dividing section which separates two or more opposing lanes of traffic. Except as otherwise provided in subdivision (c), a violation of this subdivision is a misdemeanor. (c) Any willful violation of subdivision (b) which results in injury to, or death of, a person shall be punished by imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170 of the Penal Code, or imprisonment in a county jail for a period of not more than six months. (Amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 15, Sec. 608. (AB 109) Effective April 4, 2011. Operative October 1, 2011, by Sec. 636 of Ch. 15, as amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 39, Sec. 68.)
  131. 21652.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    If a service road is separated from the main roadway, people may not drive vehicles between them except through an opening in the divider.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21652. When any service road has been constructed on or along any public highway and the main thoroughfare of the highway has been separated from the service road, it is unlawful for any person to drive any vehicle into the main thoroughfare from the service road or from the main thoroughfare into the service road except through an opening in the dividing curb, section, separation, or line. (Amended by Stats. 1963, Ch. 335.)
  132. 21654.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Slow-moving vehicles on a highway must travel in the right-hand lane or as close as practicable to the right edge, unless overtaking, passing, or preparing for a left turn.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21654. (a) Notwithstanding the prima facie speed limits, any vehicle proceeding upon a highway at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at such time shall be driven in the right-hand lane for traffic or as close as practicable to the right-hand edge or curb, except when overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction or when preparing for a left turn at an intersection or into a private road or driveway. (b) If a vehicle is being driven at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at such time, and is not being driven in the right-hand lane for traffic or as close as practicable to the right-hand edge or curb, it shall constitute prima facie evidence that the driver is operating the vehicle in violation of subdivision (a) of this section. (c) The Department of Transportation, with respect to state highways, and local authorities, with respect to highways under their jurisdiction, may place and maintain upon highways official signs directing slow-moving traffic to use the right-hand traffic lane except when overtaking and passing another vehicle or preparing for a left turn. (Amended by Stats. 1974, Ch. 545.)
  133. 21655.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Transportation authorities may designate lanes for slower vehicles and must post signs; covered vehicles and trailer buses must use the designated lane when signed, otherwise generally keep right, with specific passing and turn-related exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655. (a) Whenever the Department of Transportation or local authorities with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions determines upon the basis of an engineering and traffic investigation that the designation of a specific lane or lanes for the travel of vehicles required to travel at reduced speeds would facilitate the safe and orderly movement of traffic, the department or local authority may designate a specific lane or lanes for the travel of vehicles which are subject to the provisions of Section 22406 and shall erect signs at reasonable intervals giving notice thereof. (b) Any trailer bus, except as provided in Section 21655.5, and any vehicle subject to the provisions of Section 22406 shall be driven in the lane or lanes designated pursuant to subdivision (a) whenever signs have been erected giving notice of that designation. Except as otherwise provided in this subdivision, when a specific lane or lanes have not been so designated, any of those vehicles shall be driven in the right-hand lane for traffic or as close as practicable to the right edge or curb. If, however, a specific lane or lanes have not been designated on a divided highway having four or more clearly marked lanes for traffic in one direction, any of those vehicles may also be driven in the lane to the immediate left of that right-hand lane, unless otherwise prohibited under this code. When overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction, the driver shall use either the designated lane, the lane to the immediate left of the right-hand lane, or the right-hand lane for traffic as permitted under this code. This subdivision does not apply to a driver who is preparing for a left- or right-hand turn or who is entering into or exiting from a highway or to a driver who must necessarily drive in a lane other than the right-hand lane to continue on his or her intended route. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 843, Sec. 4.)
  134. 21655.1.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers may not drive in a transit-only lane unless following a peace officer or traffic control device, and certain turning or highway-entry movements are excepted.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.1. (a) A person shall not operate a motor vehicle on a portion of a highway that has been designated as a transit-only traffic lane except in compliance with the directions of a peace officer or official traffic control device. (b) This section does not apply to a driver who is required to enter a lane designated as a transit-only traffic lane in order to make a right turn or a left turn in a location where there is no left-turn lane for motorists, or who is entering into or exiting from a highway, unless there are signs prohibiting turns across the lane or the lane is delineated by a physical separation, including, but not limited to, a curb, fence, landscaping, or other barrier. (c) (1) The agency with jurisdiction over the highway or a public transit agency shall place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, signs and other official traffic control devices, as necessary, indicating that a portion of a highway has been designated as a transit-only traffic lane for the exclusive use of public transit buses and other vehicles designated by a local authority or the Department of Transportation and to advise motorists of the hours of operation of the lane as a transit-only traffic lane. (2) A public transit agency placing and maintaining signs and other official traffic control devices pursuant to paragraph (1) shall do so with the agreement of the agency with jurisdiction over the highway. (d) For purposes of this section, “transit-only traffic lane” shall have the same meaning as that term is defined in Section 40240. (Amended by Stats. 2023, Ch. 672, Sec. 1. (AB 971) Effective January 1, 2024.)
  135. 21655.10.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Transportation authorities may let certain vehicles use designated lanes for the games route network if they display the required identifier, and drivers must follow official traffic control instructions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.10. (a) The Department of Transportation and local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, may authorize or temporarily permit exclusive or preferential use of high-occupancy vehicle lanes, high-occupancy toll lanes, and other lanes, regardless of the number of passengers in the vehicle, for the games route network if the vehicle displays a distinctive decal, label, or other identifier issued by the Olympic and Paralympic Games organizers that clearly distinguishes the vehicle is being operated on the games route network during an Olympic and Paralympic Games period. A person shall not drive a vehicle upon those lanes except in conformity with the instructions imparted by the official traffic control devices. Exclusive or preferential use of those lanes shall not exclude emergency response and public safety vehicles. (b) The design of the decal, label, or other identifier issued by the Olympic and Paralympic Games organizers shall be approved by the Department of Transportation, in collaboration with the Department of the California Highway Patrol, and shall display a serial number or identification number to verify that the decal, label, or other identifier is being used on the vehicle for which it is issued. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) “Games route network” means dedicated traffic lanes for travel used during the Olympic and Paralympic Games Period, as identified by the Department of Transportation or a local authority, in consultation with the Olympic and Paralympic Games organizers. (2) “Olympic and Paralympic Games period” means the days identified by the Department of Transportation for which the games route network shall be operable. (d) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2029, and as of that date is repealed. (Added by Stats. 2025, Ch. 16, Sec. 8. (SB 128) Effective June 27, 2025. Repealed as of January 1, 2029, by its own provisions.)
  136. 21655.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section lets transportation authorities authorize HOV lanes, requires signs and traffic devices, and limits who may use the lanes.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.5. (a) The Department of Transportation and local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, may authorize or permit exclusive or preferential use of highway lanes for high-occupancy vehicles. Prior to establishing the lanes, competent engineering estimates shall be made of the effect of the lanes on safety, congestion, and highway capacity. (b) The Department of Transportation and local authorities, with respect to highways under their respective jurisdictions, shall place and maintain, or cause to be placed and maintained, signs and other official traffic control devices to designate the exclusive or preferential lanes, to advise motorists of the applicable vehicle occupancy levels, and, except where ramp metering and bypass lanes are regulated with the activation of traffic signals, to advise motorists of the hours of high-occupancy vehicle usage. A person shall not drive a vehicle upon those lanes except in conformity with the instructions imparted by the official traffic control devices. A motorcycle, a mass transit vehicle, a blood transport vehicle that is clearly and identifiably marked as such on all sides of the vehicle, or a paratransit vehicle that is clearly and identifiably marked on all sides of the vehicle with the name of the paratransit provider may be operated upon those exclusive or preferential use lanes unless specifically prohibited by a traffic control device. (c) When responding to an existing emergency or breakdown in which a mass transit vehicle is blocking an exclusive or preferential use lane, a clearly marked mass transit vehicle, mass transit supervisor’s vehicle, or mass transit maintenance vehicle that is responding to the emergency or breakdown may be operated in the segment of the exclusive or preferential use lane being blocked by the mass transit vehicle, regardless of the number of persons in the vehicle responding to the emergency or breakdown, if both vehicles are owned or operated by the same agency, and that agency provides public mass transit services. (d) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply: (1) “Blood transport vehicle” means a vehicle owned and operated by the American Red Cross or a blood bank that is transporting blood between collection points and hospitals or storage centers. (2) “Mass transit vehicle” means a transit bus regularly used to transport paying passengers in mass transit service. (3) “Paratransit vehicle” as defined in Section 462. (e) It is the intent of the Legislature, in amending this section, to stimulate and encourage the development of ways and means of relieving traffic congestion on California highways and, at the same time, to encourage individual citizens to pool their vehicular resources and thereby conserve fuel and lessen emission of air pollutants. (f) The provisions of this section regarding mass transit vehicles and paratransit vehicles shall only apply if the Director of Transportation determines that the application will not subject the state to a reduction in the amount of federal aid for highways. (g) The authority for a blood transport vehicle to use exclusive or preferential lanes in accordance with subdivision (b) shall only be operative under either of the following circumstances: (1) The Director of Transportation determines that the use of those lanes by those vehicles will not cause a reduction of federal aid funds for highways or otherwise be inconsistent with federal law or regulations, or with any agreement between the state and a federal agency or department, and the director posts that determination on the Department of Transportation’s Internet Web site. (2) The Federal Highway Administration of the United States Department of Transportation, upon the request of the director, makes that determination and the director posts the determination on the Department of Transportation’s Internet Web site. (Amended by Stats. 2017, Ch. 392, Sec. 2. (SB 406) Effective January 1, 2018.)
  137. 21655.6.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Department of Transportation must get approval before creating or expanding certain HOV lane uses, and the Metropolitan Transportation Commission must review and report on some Alameda County HOV lane restrictions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.6. (a) Whenever the Department of Transportation authorizes or permits exclusive or preferential use of highway lanes for high-occupancy vehicles on any highway located within the territory of a transportation planning agency, as defined in Section 99214 of the Public Utilities Code, or a county transportation commission, the department shall obtain the approval of the transportation planning agency or county transportation commission prior to establishing the exclusive or preferential use of the highway lanes. (b) If the department authorizes or permits additional exclusive or preferential use of highway lanes for high-occupancy vehicles on that portion of State Highway Route 101 located within the boundaries of the City of Los Angeles, the department shall obtain the approval of the Los Angeles County Transportation Commission by at least a two-thirds majority vote of the entire membership eligible to vote prior to establishing the additional exclusion or preferential use of the highway lanes. (c) If the department restricts or requires the restriction of the use of any lane on any federal-aid highway in the unincorporated areas of Alameda County to high-occupancy vehicles, the Metropolitan Transportation Commission shall review the use patterns of those lanes and shall determine if congestion relief is being efficiently achieved by the creation of the high-occupancy vehicle lanes. The commission shall report its findings and recommendations in its HOV Master Plan Update for the San Francisco Bay area no later than two years after those high-occupancy vehicle lanes become operational. (Amended by Stats. 1998, Ch. 653, Sec. 1. Effective January 1, 1999.)
  138. 21655.7.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A local authority may allow part of a highway under its jurisdiction to be used only for a public mass transit guideway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.7. A local authority, with respect to any highway under its jurisdiction, may authorize or permit a portion of the highway to be used exclusively for a public mass transit guideway. (Added by Stats. 1981, Ch. 1055, Sec. 12.)
  139. 21655.8.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers generally may not cross double parallel solid lines to enter or leave exclusive or preferential HOV lanes, except in designated areas or where a broken line allows it.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.8. (a) Except as required under subdivision (b), when exclusive or preferential use lanes for high-occupancy vehicles are established pursuant to Section 21655.5 and double parallel solid lines are in place to the right thereof, no person driving a vehicle may cross over these double lines to enter into or exit from the exclusive or preferential use lanes, and entrance or exit may be made only in areas designated for these purposes or where a single broken line is in place to the right of the exclusive or preferential use lanes. (b) Upon the approach of an authorized emergency vehicle displaying a red light or siren, as specified in Section 21806, a person driving a vehicle in an exclusive or preferential use lane shall exit that lane immediately upon determining that the exit can be accomplished with reasonable safety. (c) Raised pavement markers may be used to simulate painted lines described in this section. (Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 1154, Sec. 67. Effective September 30, 1996.)
  140. 21655.9.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section extends certain HOV lane access to qualifying vehicles with Section 5205.5 identifiers, but it also allows a local authority to suspend that access during peak congestion if specified lane-performance conditions are met.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21655.9. (a) (1) Whenever the Department of Transportation or a local authority authorizes or permits exclusive or preferential use of highway lanes or highway access ramps for high-occupancy vehicles pursuant to Section 21655.5, the use of those lanes or ramps shall also be extended to vehicles that are issued distinctive decals, labels, or other identifiers pursuant to Section 5205.5 regardless of vehicle occupancy or ownership. (2) A local authority during periods of peak congestion shall suspend for a lane the access privileges extended pursuant to paragraph (1) for those vehicles issued distinctive decals, labels, or other identifiers pursuant to Section 5205.5, if a periodic review of lane performance by that local authority discloses both of the following factors regarding the lane: (A) The lane, or a portion of the lane, exceeds a level of service C, as described in subdivision (b) of Section 65089 of the Government Code. (B) The operation or projected operation of vehicles in the lane, or a portion of the lane, will significantly increase congestion. (b) A person shall not drive a vehicle described in subdivision (a) of Section 5205.5 with a single occupant upon a high-occupancy vehicle lane pursuant to this section unless the decal, label, or other identifier issued pursuant to Section 5205.5 is properly displayed on the vehicle, and the vehicle registration described in Section 5205.5 is with the vehicle. (c) A person shall not operate or own a vehicle displaying a decal, label, or other identifier, as described in Section 5205.5, if that decal, label, or identifier was not issued for that vehicle pursuant to Section 5205.5. A violation of this subdivision is a misdemeanor. (d) If the provisions in Section 5205.5 authorizing the department to issue decals, labels, or other identifiers to hybrid and alternative fuel vehicles become inoperative, vehicles displaying those decals, labels, or other identifiers shall not access high-occupancy vehicle lanes without meeting the occupancy requirements otherwise applicable to those lanes. (e) (1) This section shall become inoperative on the date the federal authorization pursuant to Section 166 of Title 23 of the United States Code expires, or the date the Secretary of State receives the notice described in subdivision (i) of Section 5205.5, whichever occurs first. (2) With respect to a vehicle described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 5205.5, this section shall become inoperative on January 1, 2019. (f) (1) The Department of Transportation shall prepare and submit a report to the Legislature on or before December 1, 2017, on the degradation status of high-occupancy vehicle lanes on the state highway system. (2) The requirement that a report be submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be inoperative on December 1, 2021, pursuant to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code. (3) A report submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. (g) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed. (Amended by Stats. 2024, Ch. 414, Sec. 3. (AB 2678) Effective January 1, 2025. Conditionally inoperative as provided in subd. (e). Repealed as of January 1, 2027, by its own provisions.)
  141. 21656.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A slow vehicle on a two-lane highway must pull off at the nearest safe turnout or designated turnout when passing is unsafe and five or more vehicles are lined up behind it.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21656. On a two-lane highway where passing is unsafe because of traffic in the opposite direction or other conditions, any vehicle proceeding upon the highway at a speed less than the normal speed of traffic moving in the same direction at that time, behind which five or more vehicles are formed in line, shall turn off the roadway at the nearest place designated as a turnout by signs erected by the authority having jurisdiction over the highway, or wherever sufficient area for a safe turnout exists, in order to permit the vehicles following it to proceed. (Amended by Stats. 2015, Ch. 265, Sec. 1. (AB 208) Effective January 1, 2016.)
  142. 21657.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Highway authorities may set one-way traffic on highways or lanes, and drivers must follow the designated direction when that rule applies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21657. The authorities in charge of any highway may designate any highway, roadway, part of a roadway, or specific lanes upon which vehicular traffic shall proceed in one direction at all or such times as shall be indicated by official traffic control devices. When a roadway has been so designated, a vehicle shall be driven only in the direction designated at all or such times as shall be indicated by traffic control devices. (Amended by Stats. 1969, Ch. 136.)
  143. 21658.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    On roadways with marked lanes in one direction, vehicles must stay in one lane as much as practical and not change lanes until it is reasonably safe; drivers must follow lane directions from traffic devices.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21658. Whenever any roadway has been divided into two or more clearly marked lanes for traffic in one direction, the following rules apply: (a) A vehicle shall be driven as nearly as practical entirely within a single lane and shall not be moved from the lane until such movement can be made with reasonable safety. (b) Official signs may be erected directing slow-moving traffic to use a designated lane or allocating specified lanes to traffic moving in the same direction, and drivers of vehicles shall obey the directions of the traffic device. (Amended by Stats. 1975, Ch. 450.)
  144. 21658.1.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section defines lane splitting and says the California Highway Patrol may develop educational guidelines about it.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21658.1. (a) For the purposes of this section, “lane splitting” means driving a motorcycle, as defined in Section 400, that has two wheels in contact with the ground, between rows of stopped or moving vehicles in the same lane, including on both divided and undivided streets, roads, or highways. (b) The Department of the California Highway Patrol may develop educational guidelines relating to lane splitting in a manner that would ensure the safety of the motorcyclist and the drivers and passengers of the surrounding vehicles. (c) In developing guidelines pursuant to this section, the department shall consult with agencies and organizations with an interest in road safety and motorcyclist behavior, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (1) The Department of Motor Vehicles. (2) The Department of Transportation. (3) The Office of Traffic Safety. (4) A motorcycle organization focused on motorcyclist safety. (Added by Stats. 2016, Ch. 141, Sec. 1. (AB 51) Effective January 1, 2017.)
  145. 21659.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    On a three-lane roadway, a vehicle may not travel in the leftmost lane, and may use the center lane only for passing, left turns, or when that lane is designated for traffic in the vehicle’s direction. The section does not apply on one-way roadways.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21659. Upon a roadway which is divided into three lanes a vehicle shall not be driven in the extreme left lane at any time, nor in the center lane except when overtaking and passing another vehicle where the roadway ahead is clearly visible and the center lane is clear of traffic within a safe distance, or in preparation for a left turn, or where the center lane is at the time allocated exclusively to traffic moving in the direction the vehicle is proceeding and is signposted to give notice of such allocation. This section does not apply upon a one-way roadway. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  146. 21660.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers meeting in opposite directions must pass on the right, and each should give the other at least half of the main traveled roadway when possible.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21660. Drivers of vehicles proceeding in opposite directions shall pass each other to the right, and, except when a roadway has been divided into traffic lanes, each driver shall give to the other at least one-half of the main traveled portion of the roadway whenever possible. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  147. 21661.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    If a road on a grade is too narrow for vehicles traveling in opposite directions to pass, the downhill driver must yield to the uphill vehicle and, if needed, back up to a place where passing is possible.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21661. Whenever upon any grade the width of the roadway is insufficient to permit the passing of vehicles approaching from opposite directions at the point of meeting, the driver of the vehicle descending the grade shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle ascending the grade and shall, if necessary, back his vehicle to a place in the highway where it is possible for the vehicles to pass. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  148. 21662.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers on defiles, canyons, or mountain highways must keep their vehicle under control and follow extra lane and horn rules when the roadway conditions apply.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21662. The driver of a motor vehicle traveling through defiles or canyons or upon mountain highways shall hold the motor vehicle under control at all times and shall do the following when applicable: (a) If the roadway has no marked centerline, the driver shall drive as near the right-hand edge of the roadway as is reasonably possible. (b) If the roadway has insufficient width to permit a motor vehicle to be driven entirely to the right of the center of the roadway, the driver shall give audible warning with the horn of the motor vehicle upon approaching any curve where the view is obstructed within a distance of 200 feet along the highway. (Amended by Stats. 1984, Ch. 462, Sec. 2.)
  149. 21663.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person generally must not drive or move a motor vehicle on a sidewalk, except where the code expressly allows it or when needed to enter or leave adjacent property.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21663. Except as expressly permitted pursuant to this code, including Sections 21100.4 and 21114.5, no person shall operate or move a motor vehicle upon a sidewalk except as may be necessary to enter or leave adjacent property. (Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 124, Sec. 126. Effective January 1, 1997.)
  150. 21664.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers may not enter or exit a freeway with full access control and no at-grade crossings, except by a designated on-ramp or off-ramp.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 1. Driving on Right Side [21650 - 21664] ( Article 1 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21664. It is unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to enter or exit any freeway which has full control of access and no crossings at grade, except upon a designated on ramp with respect to entering the freeway or a designated off ramp with respect to exiting the freeway. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 765, Sec. 2.)
  151. 21700.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not drive a vehicle if it is overloaded or if too many people are in the front seat and that blocks the driver’s view or control.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21700. No person shall drive a vehicle when it is so loaded, or when there are in the front seat such number of persons as to obstruct the view of the driver to the front or sides of the vehicle or as to interfere with the driver’s control over the driving mechanism of the vehicle. (Amended by Stats. 1965, Ch. 1500.)
  152. 21700.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not knowingly drive a bus in the City of San Diego carrying K-12 school pupils to or from school unless every pupil is seated.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21700.5. No person shall knowingly drive a bus within the City of San Diego which is transporting any public or private school pupil who is enrolled in kindergarten or any of grades 1 to 12, inclusive, to or from a public or private school, unless every such pupil is seated in a seat. (Added by Stats. 1972, Ch. 1124.)
  153. 21701.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not wilfully interfere with a vehicle’s driver or mechanism in a way that affects the driver’s control.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21701. No person shall wilfully interfere with the driver of a vehicle or with the mechanism thereof in such manner as to affect the driver’s control of the vehicle. The provisions of this section shall not apply to a drivers’ license examiner or other employee of the Department of Motor Vehicles when conducting the road or driving test of an applicant for a driver’s license nor to a person giving instruction as a part of a course in driver training conducted by a public school, educational institution or a driver training school licensed by the Department of Motor Vehicles. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  154. 21702.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Commercial drivers are limited to specific driving-hour caps and must rest for eight consecutive hours before driving again, with exceptions and a misdemeanor fine for violations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21702. (a) No person shall drive upon any highway any vehicle designed or used for transporting persons for compensation for more than 10 consecutive hours nor for more than 10 hours spread over a total of 15 consecutive hours. Thereafter, such person shall not drive any such vehicle until eight consecutive hours have elapsed. Regardless of aggregate driving time, no driver shall drive for more than 10 hours in any 24-hour period unless eight consecutive hours off duty have elapsed. (b) No person shall drive upon any highway any vehicle designed or used for transporting merchandise, freight, materials or other property for more than 12 consecutive hours nor for more than 12 hours spread over a total of 15 consecutive hours. Thereafter, such person shall not drive any such vehicle until eight consecutive hours have elapsed. Regardless of aggregate driving time, no driver shall drive for more than 12 hours in any 24-hour period unless eight consecutive hours off duty have elapsed. (c) This section does not apply in any case of casualty or unavoidable accident or an act of God. (d) In computing the number of hours under this section, any time spent by a person in driving such a vehicle outside this state shall, upon the vehicle entering this state, be included. (e) Any person who violates any provision of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor and is punishable by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars ($100) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each offense. (f) This section shall not apply to the driver of a vehicle which is subject to the provisions of Section 34500. (Amended by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1092, Sec. 391. Effective September 27, 1983. Operative January 1, 1984, by Sec. 427 of Ch. 1092.)
  155. 21703.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver must not follow another vehicle too closely; the distance must be reasonable and prudent based on speed, traffic, and roadway condition.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21703. The driver of a motor vehicle shall not follow another vehicle more closely than is reasonable and prudent, having due regard for the speed of such vehicle and the traffic upon, and the condition of, the roadway. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  156. 21704.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers covered by this section must keep at least 300 feet behind the vehicle ahead, unless overtaking and passing or traveling on a highway with two or more lanes in the direction of travel.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21704. (a) The driver of any motor vehicle subject to the speed restriction of Section 22406 that is operated outside of a business or residence district, shall keep the vehicle he is driving at a distance of not less than 300 feet to the rear of any other motor vehicle subject to such speed restriction which is preceding it. (b) The provisions of this section shall not prevent overtaking and passing nor shall they apply upon a highway with two or more lanes for traffic in the direction of travel. (Amended by Stats. 1969, Ch. 226.)
  157. 21705.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    When motor vehicles are driven outside a business or residence district in a caravan or motorcade, they must keep at least 100 feet between each vehicle or vehicle combination.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21705. Motor vehicles being driven outside of a business or residence district in a caravan or motorcade, whether or not towing other vehicles, shall be so operated as to allow sufficient space and in no event less than 100 feet between each vehicle or combination of vehicles so as to enable any other vehicle to overtake or pass. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  158. 21706.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Motor vehicles generally must not follow an authorized emergency vehicle within 300 feet, with exceptions for authorized emergency vehicles and for police or traffic officers acting as escorts.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21706. No motor vehicle, except an authorized emergency vehicle, shall follow within 300 feet of any authorized emergency vehicle being operated under the provisions of Section 21055. This section shall not apply to a police or traffic officer when serving as an escort within the purview of Section 21057. (Amended by Stats. 1972, Ch. 46.)
  159. 21706.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not operate a vehicle in an unsafe manner within an emergency incident zone.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21706.5. (a) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the following meanings: (1) “Emergency incident zone” means an area on a freeway that is within 500 feet of, and in the direction of travel of, a stationary authorized emergency vehicle that has its emergency lights activated. Traffic in the opposite lanes of the freeway is not in an “emergency incident zone.” (2) “Operate a vehicle in an unsafe manner” means operating a motor vehicle in violation of an act made unlawful under this division, except a violation of Section 21809. (b) A person shall not operate a vehicle in an unsafe manner within an emergency incident zone. (Added by Stats. 2006, Ch. 375, Sec. 1. Effective January 1, 2007.)
  160. 21707.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers generally may not operate a motor vehicle in the block of an emergency scene, with listed emergency-vehicle and official-direction exceptions.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21707. No motor vehicle, except an authorized emergency vehicle or a vehicle of a duly authorized member of a fire or police department, shall be operated within the block wherein an emergency situation responded to by any fire department vehicle exists, except that in the event the nearest intersection to the emergency is more than 300 feet therefrom, this section shall prohibit operation of vehicles only within 300 feet of the emergency, unless directed to do so by a member of the fire department or police department, sheriff, deputy sheriff, or member of the California Highway Patrol. The emergency shall be deemed to have ceased to exist when the official of the fire department in charge at the scene of the emergency shall so indicate. Officials of the fire department or police department or the Department of the California Highway Patrol who are present shall make every effort to prevent the closing off entirely of congested highway traffic passing the scene of any such emergency. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  161. 21708.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    People may not drive or move vehicles over or onto fire hoses or chemical hoses used by an organized fire department, except that a vehicle may cross a hose if suitable jumpers or other protective appliances are installed.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21708. No person shall drive or propel any vehicle or conveyance upon, over, or across, or in any manner damage any fire hose or chemical hose used by or under the supervision and control of any organized fire department. However, any vehicle may cross a hose provided suitable jumpers or other appliances are installed to protect the hose. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  162. 21709.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A vehicle must not be driven through or within a safety zone at any time.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21709. No vehicle shall at any time be driven through or within a safety zone. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  163. 21710.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver on a downgrade on any highway must not coast in neutral.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21710. The driver of a motor vehicle when traveling on down grade upon any highway shall not coast with the gears of such vehicle in neutral. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  164. 21711.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person must not operate a train of vehicles if a towed vehicle whips, swerves side to side, or does not substantially follow the towing vehicle’s path.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21711. No person shall operate a train of vehicles when any vehicle being towed whips or swerves from side to side or fails to follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle. (Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 44.)
  165. 21712.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section bars riding on unsafe parts of a vehicle, including the trunk, and bars drivers from knowingly allowing it. It also restricts towing people in trailers and towing someone on a motorcycle, bicycle, skis, or similar devices.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21712. (a) A person driving a motor vehicle shall not knowingly permit a person to ride on a vehicle or upon a portion of a vehicle that is not designed or intended for the use of passengers. (b) A person shall not ride on a vehicle or upon a portion of a vehicle that is not designed or intended for the use of passengers. (c) A person driving a motor vehicle shall not knowingly permit a person to ride in the trunk of that motor vehicle. (d) A person shall not ride in the trunk of a motor vehicle. (e) A person violating subdivision (c) or (d) shall be punished as follows: (1) By a fine of one hundred dollars ($100). (2) For a second violation occurring within one year of a prior violation that resulted in a conviction, a fine of two hundred dollars ($200). (3) For a third or a subsequent violation occurring within one year of two or more prior violations that resulted in convictions, a fine of two hundred fifty dollars ($250). (f) Subdivisions (a) and (b) do not apply to an employee engaged in the necessary discharge of his or her duty or in the case of persons riding completely within or upon vehicle bodies in the space intended for a load on the vehicle. (g) A person shall not drive a motor vehicle that is towing a trailer coach, camp trailer, or trailer carrying a vessel, containing a passenger, except when a trailer carrying or designed to carry a vessel is engaged in the launching or recovery of the vessel. (h) A person shall not knowingly drive a motor vehicle that is towing a person riding upon a motorcycle, motorized bicycle, bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled, skis, or toy vehicle. (i) Subdivision (g) does not apply to a trailer coach that is towed with a fifth-wheel device if the trailer coach is equipped with safety glazing materials wherever glazing materials are used in windows or doors, with an audible or visual signaling device that a passenger inside the trailer coach can use to gain the attention of the motor vehicle driver, and with at least one unobstructed exit capable of being opened from both the interior and exterior of the trailer coach. (Amended by Stats. 2006, Ch. 900, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 2007.)
  166. 21713.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person may not operate a privately owned armored car on any highway unless a license has first been obtained from the commissioner.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21713. No person shall operate on any highway any privately owned armored car unless a license to operate such car has first been obtained from the commissioner in accordance with Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 2500) of Division 2. Violation of this section is a misdemeanor and upon conviction is punishable by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000) or by imprisonment in the county jail for not to exceed six months or by both such fine and imprisonment. (Amended by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1092, Sec. 392. Effective September 27, 1983. Operative January 1, 1984, by Sec. 427 of Ch. 1092.)
  167. 21714.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver of a vehicle described in subdivision (f) of Section 27803 must not operate it in lane-striping areas or between vehicles traveling in adjacent lanes.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21714. The driver of a vehicle described in subdivision (f) of Section 27803 shall not operate the vehicle in either of the following areas: (a) On, or immediately adjacent to, the striping or other markers designating adjacent traffic lanes. (b) Between two or more vehicles that are traveling in adjacent traffic lanes. (Amended by Stats. 2008, Ch. 672, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 2009.)
  168. 21715.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Some lighter vehicles may not tow more than one vehicle, and vehicles under 4,000 pounds unladen may not tow vehicles weighing 6,000 pounds or more gross.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21715. (a) No passenger vehicle regardless of weight, or any other motor vehicle under 4,000 pounds unladen, shall draw or tow more than one vehicle in combination, except that an auxiliary dolly or tow dolly may be used with the towed vehicle. (b) No motor vehicle under 4,000 pounds unladen shall tow any vehicle weighing 6,000 pounds or more gross. (Amended by Stats. 1983, Ch. 708, Sec. 8.)
  169. 21716.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A person generally may not drive a golf cart on any highway unless an exception applies or the highway is in a speed zone of 25 miles per hour or less.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21716. Except as provided in Section 21115.1 and Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 1950) of Division 2.5 of the Streets and Highways Code, no person shall operate a golf cart on any highway except in a speed zone of 25 miles per hour or less. (Amended (as amended by Stats. 1997, Ch. 536, Sec. 3) by Stats. 2000, Ch. 155, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 2001.)
  170. 21717.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver who must cross an adjacent bicycle lane to turn must first drive into the bicycle lane and then make the turn under Section 22100.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21717. Whenever it is necessary for the driver of a motor vehicle to cross a bicycle lane that is adjacent to his lane of travel to make a turn, the driver shall drive the motor vehicle into the bicycle lane prior to making the turn and shall make the turn pursuant to Section 22100. (Added by Stats. 1976, Ch. 751.)
  171. 21718.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Generally, no person may stop, park, or leave a vehicle standing on a full-access freeway with no grade crossings, except in listed situations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21718. (a) No person shall stop, park, or leave standing any vehicle upon a freeway which has full control of access and no crossings at grade except: (1) When necessary to avoid injury or damage to persons or property. (2) When required by law or in obedience to a peace officer or official traffic control device. (3) When any person is actually engaged in maintenance or construction on freeway property or any employee of a public agency is actually engaged in the performance of official duties. (4) When any vehicle is so disabled that it is impossible to avoid temporarily stopping and another vehicle has been summoned to render assistance to the disabled vehicle or driver of the disabled vehicle. This paragraph applies when the vehicle summoned to render assistance is a vehicle owned by the donor of free emergency assistance that has been summoned by display upon or within a disabled vehicle of a placard or sign given to the driver of the disabled vehicle by the donor for the specific purpose of summoning assistance, other than towing service, from the donor. (5) Where stopping, standing, or parking is specifically permitted. However, buses may not stop on freeways unless sidewalks are provided with shoulders of sufficient width to permit stopping without interfering with the normal movement of traffic and without the possibility of crossing over fast lanes to reach the bus stop. (6) Where necessary for any person to report a traffic accident or other situation or incident to a peace officer or any person specified in paragraph (3), either directly or by means of an emergency telephone or similar device. (7) When necessary for the purpose of rapid removal of impediments to traffic by the owner or operator of a tow truck operating under an agreement with the Department of the California Highway Patrol. (b) A conviction of a violation of this section is a conviction involving the safe operation of a motor vehicle upon the highway if a notice to appear for the violation was issued by a peace officer described in Section 830.1 or 830.2 of the Penal Code. (Added by Stats. 1997, Ch. 945, Sec. 17. Effective January 1, 1998.)
  172. 21719.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Tow truck drivers may use the center median or right shoulder in certain roadway emergencies if specific conditions are met.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21719. (a) Notwithstanding any other law, in the event of an emergency occurring on a roadway that requires the rapid removal of impediments to traffic or the rendering of assistance to a disabled vehicle obstructing a roadway, a tow truck driver who is operating under an agreement with the law enforcement agency responsible for investigating traffic collisions on the roadway, summoned by the owner or operator of a vehicle involved in a collision or that is otherwise disabled on the roadway, or operating pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 2430.1 may utilize the center median or right shoulder of a roadway if all of the following conditions are met: (1) A peace officer employed by the investigating law enforcement agency is at the scene of the roadway obstruction and has determined that the obstruction has caused an unnecessary delay to motorists using the roadway. (2) A peace officer employed by the investigating law enforcement agency has determined that a tow truck can provide emergency roadside assistance by removing the disabled vehicle and gives explicit permission to the tow truck driver allowing the utilization of the center median or right shoulder of the roadway. (3) The tow truck is not operated on the center median or right shoulder at a speed greater than what is reasonable or prudent having due regard for weather, visibility, the traffic on, and the surface and width of, the roadway, and in no event at a speed that endangers the safety of persons or property. (4) The tow truck displays flashing amber warning lamps to the front, rear, and both sides while driving in the center median or right shoulder of a roadway pursuant to this section. (b) For purposes of this section, “utilize the center median” includes making a U-turn across the center median. (Amended by Stats. 2016, Ch. 208, Sec. 14. (AB 2906) Effective January 1, 2017.)
  173. 21720.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Pocket bikes must not be operated on sidewalks, roadways, highways, bikeways, bicycle paths, trails, or public lands open to off-highway motor vehicle use.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21720. A pocket bike shall not be operated on a sidewalk, roadway, or any other part of a highway, or on a bikeway, bicycle path or trail, equestrian trail, hiking or recreational trail, or on public lands open to off-highway motor vehicle use. (Added by Stats. 2005, Ch. 323, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2006.)
  174. 21721.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    This section lets a peace officer order removal and seizure of a pocket bike after a notice to appear for a Section 21720 violation, requires a 48-hour minimum hold, makes the violator pay related costs, and allows local agencies to charge no more than actual costs.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 2. Additional Driving Rules [21700 - 21721] ( Article 2 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21721. (a) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, may cause the removal and seizure of a pocket bike, upon the notice to appear for a violation of Section 21720. A pocket bike so seized shall be held for a minimum of 48 hours. (b) A violator of this section shall be responsible for all costs associated with the removal, seizure, and storage of the pocket bike. (c) A city, county, or city and county may adopt a regulation, ordinance, or resolution imposing charges equal to its administrative costs relating to the removal, seizure, and storage costs of a pocket bike. The charges shall not exceed the actual costs incurred for the expenses directly related to removing, seizing, and storing a pocket bike. (d) An agency shall release a seized pocket bike to the owner, violator, or the violator’s agent after 48 hours, if all of the following conditions are met: (1) The violator or authorized agent’s request is made during normal business hours. (2) The applicable removal, seizure, and storage costs have been paid by the owner, or any other responsible party. (Added by Stats. 2005, Ch. 323, Sec. 4. Effective January 1, 2006.)
  175. 21750.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver overtaking another vehicle in the same direction must pass on the left at a safe distance and not interfere with the other vehicle’s safe operation.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21750. (a) The driver of a vehicle overtaking another vehicle proceeding in the same direction shall pass to the left at a safe distance without interfering with the safe operation of the overtaken vehicle, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this article. (b) This section shall become operative on September 16, 2014. (Repealed (in Sec. 1) and added by Stats. 2013, Ch. 331, Sec. 2. (AB 1371) Effective January 1, 2014. Section operative September 16, 2014, by its own provisions.)
  176. 21751.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    On a two-lane highway, a vehicle must not pass to the left of the roadway center unless the left side is clearly visible and free of oncoming traffic far enough ahead to complete the pass safely.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21751. On a two-lane highway, no vehicle shall be driven to the left side of the center of the roadway in overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction unless the left side is clearly visible and free of oncoming traffic for a sufficient distance ahead to permit such overtaking and passing to be completely made without interfering with the safe operation of any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. (Amended by Stats. 1973, Ch. 50.)
  177. 21752.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must not drive on the left side of the roadway in certain hazardous locations.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21752. No vehicle shall be driven to the left side of the roadway under the following conditions: (a) When approaching or upon the crest of a grade or a curve in the highway where the driver’s view is obstructed within such distance as to create a hazard in the event another vehicle might approach from the opposite direction. (b) When the view is obstructed upon approaching within 100 feet of any bridge, viaduct, or tunnel. (c) When approaching within 100 feet of or when traversing any railroad grade crossing. (d) When approaching within 100 feet of or when traversing any intersection. This section shall not apply upon a one-way roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2000, Ch. 596, Sec. 7. Effective January 1, 2001.)
  178. 21753.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver being overtaken must move right to let the overtaking vehicle pass and must not speed up until fully passed, unless passing on the right is permitted.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21753. Except when passing on the right is permitted, the driver of an overtaken vehicle shall safely move to the right-hand side of the highway in favor of the overtaking vehicle after an audible signal or a momentary flash of headlights by the overtaking vehicle, and shall not increase the speed of his or her vehicle until completely passed by the overtaking vehicle. This section does not require the driver of an overtaken vehicle to drive on the shoulder of the highway in order to allow the overtaking vehicle to pass. (Amended by Stats. 1999, Ch. 724, Sec. 40. Effective January 1, 2000.)
  179. 21754.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver may pass another vehicle on the right only in specific listed situations, and a slow-moving vehicle still must keep as close as practicable to the right edge of the roadway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21754. The driver of a vehicle may overtake and pass to the right of another vehicle only under the following conditions: (a) When the vehicle overtaken is making or about to make a left turn. (b) Upon a highway within a business or residence district with unobstructed pavement of sufficient width for two or more lines of moving vehicles in the direction of travel. (c) Upon any highway outside of a business or residence district with unobstructed pavement of sufficient width and clearly marked for two or more lines of moving traffic in the direction of travel. (d) Upon a one-way street. (e) Upon a highway divided into two roadways where traffic is restricted to one direction upon each of such roadways. The provisions of this section shall not relieve the driver of a slow moving vehicle from the duty to drive as closely as practicable to the right hand edge of the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2010, Ch. 491, Sec. 39. (SB 1318) Effective January 1, 2011.)
  180. 21755.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver may pass on the right only when it can be done safely, and not by driving off the paved or main-traveled part of the roadway.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21755. (a) The driver of a vehicle may overtake and pass another vehicle upon the right only under conditions permitting that movement in safety. In no event shall that movement be made by driving off the paved or main-traveled portion of the roadway. (b) This section does not prohibit the use of a bicycle in a bicycle lane or on a shoulder. (Amended by Stats. 2010, Ch. 491, Sec. 40. (SB 1318) Effective January 1, 2011.)
  181. 21756.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must stop and wait when overtaking certain stopped or stopping streetcars, unless subdivision (b) applies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21756. (a) The driver of a vehicle overtaking any interurban electric or streetcar stopped or about to stop for the purpose of receiving or discharging any passenger shall stop the vehicle to the rear of the nearest running board or door of such car and thereupon remain standing until all passengers have boarded the car or upon alighting have reached a place of safety, except as provided in subdivision (b) hereof. (b) Where a safety zone has been established or at an intersection where traffic is controlled by an officer or a traffic control signal device, a vehicle need not be brought to a stop before passing any interurban electric or streetcar but may proceed past such car at a speed not greater than 10 miles per hour and with due caution for the safety of pedestrians. (c) Whenever any trolley coach or bus has stopped at a safety zone to receive or discharge passengers, a vehicle may proceed past such trolley coach or bus at a speed not greater than 10 miles per hour. (Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 969.)
  182. 21757.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must not pass an interurban electric or street car on the left, or drive on its left side, unless one of the listed exceptions applies.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21757. The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake and pass upon the left, nor shall any driver of a vehicle drive upon the left side of, any interurban electric or street car proceeding in the same direction whether the street car is actually in motion or temporarily at rest, except: (a) When so directed by a police or traffic officer. (b) When upon a one-way street. (c) When upon a street where the tracks are so located as to prevent compliance with this section. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  183. 21758.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver may not pass a slow vehicle on a grade outside a business or residence district unless specific speed and distance conditions are met.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21758. In the event any vehicle is being operated on any grade outside of a business or residence district at a speed of less than 20 miles per hour, no person operating any other motor vehicle shall attempt to overtake and pass such slow moving vehicle unless the overtaking vehicle is operated at a speed of at least 10 miles per hour in excess of the speed of the overtaken vehicle, nor unless the passing movement is completed within a total distance not greater than one-quarter of a mile. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  184. 21759.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers approaching a horse-drawn vehicle, ridden animal, or livestock must control their vehicle and slow or stop when necessary or when signalled by the person in charge.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21759. The driver of any vehicle approaching any horse drawn vehicle, any ridden animal, or any livestock shall exercise proper control of his vehicle and shall reduce speed or stop as may appear necessary or as may be signalled or otherwise requested by any person driving, riding or in charge of the animal or livestock in order to avoid frightening and to safeguard the animal or livestock and to insure the safety of any person driving or riding the animal or in charge of the livestock. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)
  185. 21760.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers passing a bicycle must give at least three feet of space and may need to change lanes or slow down for safety.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21760. (a) This section shall be known and may be cited as the Three Feet for Safety Act. (b) The driver of a motor vehicle overtaking and passing a bicycle that is proceeding in the same direction on a highway shall pass in compliance with the requirements of this article applicable to overtaking and passing a vehicle, and shall do so at a safe distance that does not interfere with the safe operation of the overtaken bicycle, having due regard for the size and speed of the motor vehicle and the bicycle, traffic conditions, weather, visibility, and the surface and width of the highway. (c) A driver of a motor vehicle shall not overtake or pass a bicycle proceeding in the same direction on a highway at a distance of less than three feet between any part of the motor vehicle and any part of the bicycle or its operator. The driver of a motor vehicle overtaking or passing a bicycle that is proceeding in the same direction and in the same lane of travel shall, if another lane of traffic proceeding in the same direction is available, make a lane change into another available lane with due regard for safety and traffic conditions, if practicable and not prohibited by law, before overtaking or passing the bicycle. (d) If the driver of a motor vehicle is unable to comply with subdivision (c), due to traffic or roadway conditions, the driver shall slow to a speed that is reasonable and prudent, and may pass only when doing so would not endanger the safety of the operator of the bicycle, taking into account the size and speed of the motor vehicle and bicycle, traffic conditions, weather, visibility, and surface and width of the highway. (e) (1) A violation of subdivision (b), (c), or (d) is an infraction punishable by a fine of thirty-five dollars ($35). (2) If a collision occurs between a motor vehicle and a bicycle causing bodily injury to the operator of the bicycle, and the driver of the motor vehicle is found to be in violation of subdivision (b), (c), or (d), a two-hundred-twenty-dollar ($220) fine shall be imposed on that driver. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 343, Sec. 6. (AB 1909) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  186. 21761.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers passing a stopped waste service vehicle must change lanes if possible and pass safely; if that is unsafe or impractical, they must slow to a reasonable and prudent speed.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 3. Driving, Overtaking, and Passing [21650 - 21761] ( Chapter 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## ARTICLE 3. Overtaking and Passing [21750 - 21761] ( Article 3 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21761. (a) The driver of a vehicle on a public street or highway approaching and overtaking a stopped waste service vehicle shall make a lane change into an available lane adjacent to the waste service vehicle and shall pass at a safe distance without interfering with the safe operation of the waste service vehicle, with due regard for safety and traffic conditions, if practicable and not prohibited by law. (b) If the maneuver described in subdivision (a) would be unsafe or impractical, a driver approaching and overtaking a stopped waste service vehicle shall slow to a reasonable and prudent speed that is safe for existing weather, road, and vehicular or pedestrian traffic conditions. (c) For purposes of this section, “waste service vehicle” means a refuse collection vehicle, including a vehicle collecting recyclables or yard waste that is used for curbside collection, and sewer and catch basin maintenance vehicles. (d) The requirements in subdivisions (a) and (b) apply when both of the following circumstances exist: (1) The waste service vehicle is readily identifiable as a waste service vehicle based on the vehicle configuration or markings on the vehicle. (2) The waste service vehicle displays flashing amber lights. (e) Subdivisions (a) and (b) do not apply to a waste service vehicle that is located on a private driveway or highway, when the waste service vehicle is not adjacent to the street or highway, or is separated from the street or highway by a protective physical barrier. (f) This section shall be operative on and after January 1, 2020. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 710, Sec. 1. (AB 2115) Effective January 1, 2019. Section operative January 1, 2020, by its own provisions.)
  187. 21800.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers approaching intersections must yield right-of-way in the situations listed, and must stop at intersections with inoperative traffic signals before proceeding cautiously when safe.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21800. (a) The driver of a vehicle approaching an intersection shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicle which has entered the intersection from a different highway. (b) (1) When two vehicles enter an intersection from different highways at the same time, the driver of the vehicle on the left shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle on his or her immediate right, except that the driver of any vehicle on a terminating highway shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicle on the intersecting continuing highway. (2) For the purposes of this section, “terminating highway” means a highway which intersects, but does not continue beyond the intersection, with another highway which does continue beyond the intersection. (c) When two vehicles enter an intersection from different highways at the same time and the intersection is controlled from all directions by stop signs, the driver of the vehicle on the left shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle on his or her immediate right. (d) (1) The driver of any vehicle approaching an intersection which has official traffic control signals that are inoperative shall stop at the intersection, and may proceed with caution when it is safe to do so. (2) When two vehicles enter an intersection from different highways at the same time, and the official traffic control signals for the intersection are inoperative, the driver of the vehicle on the left shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle on his or her immediate right, except that the driver of any vehicle on a terminating highway shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicle on the intersecting continuing highway. (e) This section does not apply to any of the following: (1) Any intersection controlled by an official traffic control signal or yield right-of-way sign. (2) Any intersection controlled by stop signs from less than all directions. (3) When vehicles are approaching each other from opposite directions and the driver of one of the vehicles intends to make, or is making, a left turn. (Amended by Stats. 2009, Ch. 200, Sec. 11. (SB 734) Effective January 1, 2010.)
  188. 21801.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers turning left or making a U-turn must yield to oncoming vehicles that are close enough to be a hazard, and may proceed only when it is reasonably safe and any required signal has been given.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21801. (a) The driver of a vehicle intending to turn to the left or to complete a U-turn upon a highway, or to turn left into public or private property, or an alley, shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles approaching from the opposite direction which are close enough to constitute a hazard at any time during the turning movement, and shall continue to yield the right-of-way to the approaching vehicles until the left turn or U-turn can be made with reasonable safety. (b) A driver having yielded as prescribed in subdivision (a), and having given a signal when and as required by this code, may turn left or complete a U-turn, and the drivers of vehicles approaching the intersection or the entrance to the property or alley from the opposite direction shall yield the right-of-way to the turning vehicle. (Amended by Stats. 1993, Ch. 272, Sec. 40. Effective August 2, 1993.)
  189. 21802.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers approaching a stop sign at or in an intersection must stop, yield to certain vehicles, and keep yielding until it is safe to proceed.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21802. (a) The driver of any vehicle approaching a stop sign at the entrance to, or within, an intersection shall stop as required by Section 22450. The driver shall then yield the right-of-way to any vehicles which have approached from another highway, or which are approaching so closely as to constitute an immediate hazard, and shall continue to yield the right-of-way to those vehicles until he or she can proceed with reasonable safety. (b) A driver having yielded as prescribed in subdivision (a) may proceed to enter the intersection, and the drivers of all other approaching vehicles shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle entering or crossing the intersection. (c) This section does not apply where stop signs are erected upon all approaches to an intersection. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 623, Sec. 3.)
  190. 21803.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers approaching a yield sign at an intersection must yield to vehicles already in the intersection or close enough to be an immediate hazard.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21803. (a) The driver of any vehicle approaching any intersection which is controlled by a yield right-of-way sign shall, upon arriving at the sign, yield the right-of-way to any vehicles which have entered the intersection, or which are approaching on the intersecting highway close enough to constitute an immediate hazard, and shall continue to yield the right-of-way to those vehicles until he or she can proceed with reasonable safety. (b) A driver having yielded as prescribed in subdivision (a) may proceed to enter the intersection, and the drivers of all other approaching vehicles shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle entering or crossing the intersection. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 623, Sec. 4.)
  191. 21804.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers entering or crossing a highway must yield to close traffic and keep yielding until it is safe; after yielding, they may proceed, and other approaching drivers must then yield to them.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21804. (a) The driver of any vehicle about to enter or cross a highway from any public or private property, or from an alley, shall yield the right-of-way to all traffic, as defined in Section 620, approaching on the highway close enough to constitute an immediate hazard, and shall continue to yield the right-of-way to that traffic until he or she can proceed with reasonable safety. (b) A driver having yielded as prescribed in subdivision (a) may proceed to enter or cross the highway, and the drivers of all other vehicles approaching on the highway shall yield the right-of-way to the vehicle entering or crossing the intersection. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 623, Sec. 5.)
  192. 21805.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Transportation and local authorities may mark highway intersections as equestrian crossings, and drivers must yield to horseback riders at those signed crossings.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21805. (a) The Department of Transportation, and local authorities with respect to highways under their jurisdiction, may designate any intersection of a highway as a bridle path or equestrian crossing by erecting appropriate signs. The signs shall be erected on the highway at or near the approach to the intersection, and shall be of a type approved by the Department of Transportation. The signs shall indicate the crossing and any crossmarks, safety devices, or signals the authorities deem necessary to safeguard vehicular and equestrian traffic at the intersection. (b) The driver of any vehicle shall yield the right-of-way to any horseback rider who is crossing the highway at any designated equestrian crossing which is marked by signs as prescribed in subdivision (a). (c) Subdivision (b) does not relieve any horseback rider from the duty of using due care for his or her own safety. No horseback rider shall leave a curb or other place of safety and proceed suddenly into the path of a vehicle which is close enough to constitute an immediate hazard. (Amended by Stats. 1988, Ch. 623, Sec. 6.)
  193. 21806.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    When an authorized emergency vehicle approaches with siren and visible red lights, drivers, streetcar operators, and pedestrians must yield and move clear or stop as required, unless a traffic officer directs otherwise.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21806. Upon the immediate approach of an authorized emergency vehicle which is sounding a siren and which has at least one lighted lamp exhibiting red light that is visible, under normal atmospheric conditions, from a distance of 1,000 feet to the front of the vehicle, the surrounding traffic shall, except as otherwise directed by a traffic officer, do the following: (a) (1) Except as required under paragraph (2), the driver of every other vehicle shall yield the right-of-way and shall immediately drive to the right-hand edge or curb of the highway, clear of any intersection, and thereupon shall stop and remain stopped until the authorized emergency vehicle has passed. (2) A person driving a vehicle in an exclusive or preferential use lane shall exit that lane immediately upon determining that the exit can be accomplished with reasonable safety. (b) The operator of every street car shall immediately stop the street car, clear of any intersection, and remain stopped until the authorized emergency vehicle has passed. (c) All pedestrians upon the highway shall proceed to the nearest curb or place of safety and remain there until the authorized emergency vehicle has passed. (Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 1154, Sec. 68. Effective September 30, 1996.)
  194. 21807.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver of an authorized emergency vehicle must drive with due regard for the safety of all persons and property.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21807. The provisions of Section 21806 shall not operate to relieve the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons and property. (Added by Stats. 1961, Ch. 653.)
  195. 21809.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers approaching certain stationary emergency or work vehicles on a highway must use due caution and either change lanes or slow down; violating this rule can result in an infraction and a fine up to $50.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 4. Right-of-Way [21800 - 21809] ( Chapter 4 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21809. (a) A person driving a vehicle on a highway approaching a stationary authorized emergency vehicle that is displaying emergency lights, a stationary tow truck that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, a stationary marked highway maintenance vehicle that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, or any other stationary vehicle displaying flashing hazard lights or another warning device, including, but not limited to, cones, flares, or retroreflective devices, shall approach with due caution and, before passing in a lane immediately adjacent to the authorized emergency vehicle, tow truck, highway maintenance vehicle, or any other vehicle, absent other direction by a peace officer, proceed to do one of the following: (1) Make a lane change into an available lane not immediately adjacent to the authorized emergency vehicle that is displaying emergency lights, a stationary tow truck that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, a stationary marked highway maintenance vehicle that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, or any other stationary vehicle displaying flashing hazard lights or another warning device, including, but not limited to, cones, flares, or retroreflective devices, with due regard for safety and traffic conditions, if practicable and not prohibited by law. (2) If the maneuver described in paragraph (1) would be unsafe or impracticable, slow to a reasonable and prudent speed that is safe for existing weather, road, and vehicular or pedestrian traffic conditions. (b) A violation of subdivision (a) is an infraction, punishable by a fine of not more than fifty dollars ($50). (c) The requirements of subdivision (a) do not apply if the stationary authorized emergency vehicle that is displaying emergency lights, the stationary tow truck that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, the stationary marked highway maintenance vehicle that is displaying flashing amber warning lights, or any other stationary vehicle displaying flashing hazard lights or another warning device, including, but not limited to, cones, flares, or retroreflective devices, is not adjacent to the highway or is separated from the highway by a protective physical barrier. (d) For the purposes of this section, “highway maintenance vehicle” means a vehicle used for the maintenance of highways and roadways in this state and is either of the following: (1) Owned or operated by the Department of Transportation, a county, or a municipality or other political subdivision of this state. (2) Owned or operated by a contractor under contract with the Department of Transportation, a county, a municipality, or other political subdivision of this state to maintain highways, roadways, or both. (Amended by Stats. 2025, Ch. 58, Sec. 1. (AB 390) Effective January 1, 2026.)
  196. 21949.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Legislature states California’s policy is to provide safe, convenient pedestrian travel and access, and says governments, especially the Department of Transportation, should work to improve pedestrian passage on streets and highways.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21949. (a) The Legislature hereby finds and declares that it is the policy of the State of California that safe and convenient pedestrian travel and access, whether by foot, wheelchair, walker, or stroller, be provided to the residents of the state. (b) In accordance with the policy declared under subdivision (a), it is the intent of the Legislature that all levels of government in the state, particularly the Department of Transportation, work to provide convenient and safe passage for pedestrians on and across all streets and highways, increase levels of walking and pedestrian travel, and reduce pedestrian fatalities and injuries. (Added by Stats. 2000, Ch. 833, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 2001.)
  197. 21949.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    The Commissioner of the California Highway Patrol must send the Legislature a report on statewide pedestrian-related traffic crash data by January 1, 2028.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21949.5. (a) On or before January 1, 2028, the Commissioner of the California Highway Patrol, in consultation with the Institute of Transportation Studies at the University of California, shall submit a report to the Legislature regarding statewide pedestrian-related traffic crash data and any associated impacts to traffic safety, including an evaluation of whether and how the changes made to this chapter and Article 3 (commencing with Section 21450) of Chapter 2 by the act that added this section have impacted pedestrian safety. (b) (1) A report to be submitted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. (2) Pursuant to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code, this section is repealed on January 1, 2032. (Added by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 7. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023. Repealed as of January 1, 2032, by its own provisions.)
  198. 21950.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    Drivers must yield to pedestrians in marked or unmarked crosswalks, and both drivers and pedestrians must use due care.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21950. (a) The driver of a vehicle shall yield the right-of-way to a pedestrian crossing the roadway within any marked crosswalk or within any unmarked crosswalk at an intersection, except as otherwise provided in this chapter. (b) This section does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. No pedestrian may suddenly leave a curb or other place of safety and walk or run into the path of a vehicle that is so close as to constitute an immediate hazard. No pedestrian may unnecessarily stop or delay traffic while in a marked or unmarked crosswalk. (c) The driver of a vehicle approaching a pedestrian within any marked or unmarked crosswalk shall exercise all due care and shall reduce the speed of the vehicle or take any other action relating to the operation of the vehicle as necessary to safeguard the safety of the pedestrian. (d) Subdivision (b) does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within any marked crosswalk or within any unmarked crosswalk at an intersection. (e) (1) A peace officer, as defined in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2 of the Penal Code, shall not stop a pedestrian for a violation of this section unless a reasonably careful person would realize there is an immediate danger of a collision with a moving vehicle or other device moving exclusively by human power. (2) This subdivision does not relieve a pedestrian from the duty of using due care for their safety. (3) This subdivision does not relieve a driver of a vehicle from the duty of exercising due care for the safety of any pedestrian within the roadway. (Amended by Stats. 2022, Ch. 957, Sec. 8. (AB 2147) Effective January 1, 2023.)
  199. 21950.5.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A marked crosswalk cannot be removed unless the public gets notice and an opportunity to be heard at least 30 days before the scheduled removal.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21950.5. (a) An existing marked crosswalk may not be removed unless notice and opportunity to be heard is provided to the public not less than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of removal. In addition to any other public notice requirements, the notice of proposed removal shall be posted at the crosswalk identified for removal. (b) The notice required by subdivision (a) shall include, but is not limited to, notification to the public of both of the following: (1) That the public may provide input relating to the scheduled removal. (2) The form and method of providing the input authorized by paragraph (1). (Added by Stats. 2000, Ch. 833, Sec. 9. Effective January 1, 2001.)
  200. 21951.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. )

    Verify source ↗

    A driver approaching from behind must not pass a vehicle stopped at a crosswalk to let a pedestrian cross.

    ## Vehicle Code - VEH ## DIVISION 11. RULES OF THE ROAD [21000 - 23336] ( Division 11 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## CHAPTER 5. Pedestrians’ Rights and Duties [21949 - 21971] ( Chapter 5 enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3. ) ## 21951. Whenever any vehicle has stopped at a marked crosswalk or at any unmarked crosswalk at an intersection to permit a pedestrian to cross the roadway the driver of any other vehicle approaching from the rear shall not overtake and pass the stopped vehicle. (Enacted by Stats. 1959, Ch. 3.)

Provision text is displayed from LexChat’s stored statute record. Use the official source links to verify amendments, commencement, and current legal force.

LexChat organizes source-backed legal information for research. Verify amendments, commencement, and current legal force with the official publisher before relying on it.